Those Who Smiled
Those Who Smiled
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the
terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org
Language: English
*****
By the Same Author
SHORT STORIES:
*****
by
PERCEVAL GIBBON
Gassell and Company, LTD London, New York, Toronto and Melbourne
To
2. THE DAGO
3. WOOD-LADIES
5. THE GIRL
6. THE BREADWINNER
7. "PLAIN GERMAN"
From the great villa, marble-white amid its yews and cedars, in which the
invaders had set up their headquarters, the two officers the stout, formidable
German captain and the young Austrian lieutenant went together through the
mulberry orchards, where the parched grass underfoot was tiger-striped with
alternate sun and shadow. The hush of the afternoon and the benign tyranny of
the North Italian sun subdued them; they scarcely spoke as they came through
the ranks of fruit-laden trees to the low embankment where the last houses of the
village tailed out beside the road.
"So ist's gut!" said Captain Hahn then. "We are on time nicely on time!" He
climbed the grassy bank to the road and paused, his tall young companion beside
him. "Halt here," he directed; "we shall see everything from here."
He suspired exhaustively in the still, strong heat, and took possession of the
scene with commanding, intolerant eyes. He was a man in the earliest years of
middle life, short, naturally full-bodied, and already plethoric with undisciplined
passions and appetites. His large sanguine face had anger and impatience for an
habitual expression; he carried a thick bamboo cane, with which he lashed the air
about him in vehement gesticulation as he spoke; all his appearance and manner
were an incarnate ejaculation. Beside him, and by contrast with the violence of
his effect, his companion was eclipsed and insignificant, no more than a shape of
a silent young man, slender in his close-fitting grey uniform, with a swart,
immobile face intent upon what passed.
It was the hour that should crown recent police activities of Captain Hahn with
the arrest of an absconding forced-laborer, who, having escaped from his slave-
gang behind the firing-line on the Piave, had been traced to his father's house in
the village. An Italian renegade, a discovery of Captain Hahn's, had served in the
affair; a whole machinery of espionage and secret treachery had been put in
motion; and now Lieutenant Jovannic, of the Austrian Army, was to be shown
how the German method ensured the German success. Even as they arrived upon
the road they saw the carefully careless group of lounging soldiers, like
characters on a stage "discovered" at the rise of the curtain, break into movement
and slouch with elaborate purposelessness to surround the cottage. Their
corporal remained where he was, leaning against a wall in the shade, eating an
onion and ready to give the signal with his whistle; he did not glance towards the
two watching officers. To Lieutenant Jovannic, the falsity and unreality of it all
were as strident as a brass band; yet in the long vista of the village street, brimful
of sun and silence, the few people who moved upon their business went
indifferently as shadows upon a wall. An old man trudged in the wake of a laden
donkey; a girl bore water-buckets slung from a yoke; a child was sweeping up
dung. None turned a head.
From the door of the cottage opposite them, whose opening showed dead black
against the golden glare without, came the renegade, pausing upon the threshold
to speak a last cheery word to those within. Poor Jovannic, it was at this moment
that, to the fantastic and absurd character of the whole event, as arranged by
Captain Hahn, there was now added a quality of sheer horror. The man upon the
threshold was not like a man; vastly pot-bellied, so that the dingy white of his
shirt was only narrowly framed by the black of his jacket, swollen in body to the
comic point, collarless, with a staircase of unshaven chins crushed under his
great, jovial, black-mustached face, the creature yet moved on little feet like a
spinning-top on its point, buoyantly, with the gait of a tethered balloon. He had
the gestures, the attitude upon the threshold, of a jolly companion; when he
turned, his huge, fatuous face was amiable, and creased yet with the dregs of
smiles. From the breast of his jacket he exhumed a white handkerchief.
"Arrivederci!" he called for the last time to the interior of the house; someone
within answered pleasantly; then deliberately, with a suggestion of ceremonial
and significance in the gesture, he buried the obscenity of his countenance in the
handkerchief and blew his nose as one blows upon a trumpet.
And forthwith it went 'los'; the farce quickened to drama. A couple of idle
soldiers, rifle-less and armed only with the bayonets at their belts, had edged
near the door; others had disappeared behind the house; Judas, mincing on his
feet like a soubrette, moved briskly away; and the corporal, tossing the wreck of
his onion from him, blew a single note on his whistle. The thin squeal of it was
barely audible thirty yards away, yet it seemed to Jovannic as though the brief jet
of sound had screamed the afternoon stillness to rags. The two slack-bodied
soldiers were suddenly swift and violent; drawn bayonet in hand, they plunged
together into the black of the door and vanished within. Down the long street the
old man let the donkey wander on and turned, bludgeon in hand, to stare; the
child and girl with the buckets were running, and every door and window
showed startled heads. From within the cottage came uproar screams, stamping,
and the crash of furniture overset.
From the dark door there spouted forth a tangle of folk to the hot dust of the road
that rose like smoke under their shifting feet. The soldiers had the fighting,
plunging prisoner; between their bodies, and past those of the men and women
who had run out with them, his young, black-avised face surged and raged in an
agony of resistance, lifting itself in a maniac effort to be free, then dragged and
beaten down. An old woman tottered on the fringes of the struggle, crying
feebly; others, young and old, wept or screamed; a soldier, bitten in the hand,
cried an oath and gave way. The prisoner tore himself all but loose.
The old woman the prisoner's mother, possibly, had staggered back at the thrash
of the stick, and now, one hand against the wall of the house and one to her
bosom, she uttered a thin, moaning wail. At that voice of pain Jovannic started;
it was then that he realized that the other voices, those that had screamed and
those that had cursed, had ceased; even the prisoner, dragged to his feet and held,
made no sound. For an instant the disorder of his mind made it appear that the
sun-drowned silence had never really been broken, that all that had happened
had been no more than a flash of nightmare. Then he perceived.
Captain Hahn, legs astraddle, a-bulge with the sense of achievement, was giving
orders.
"Tie the dog's hands," he commanded. "Tie them behind his back! Cord?
Get a cord somewhere, you fool! Teach the hound to resist, I will!
Hurry now!"
The prisoner's face was clear to see, no longer writhen and crazy. For all the
great bruise that darkened his brow, it was composed to a calm as strange as the
calm of death. He looked directly at Captain Hahn, seeming to listen and
understand; and when that man of wrath ceased to speak, his rather sullen young
face, heavy-browed, thick-mouthed, relaxed from its quiet. He smiled!
Beyond him, against the yellow front of the cottage, an old man, bareheaded,
with a fleshless skull's face, had passed his arm under that of the old woman and
was supporting her. The lieutenant saw that bony mask, too, break into a smile.
He looked at the others, the barefoot girls and the women; whatever the
understanding was, they shared it; each oval, sun-tinged face, under its crown of
jet hair, had the same faint light of laughter of tragic, inscrutable mirth, at once
contemptuous and pitiful. Along the street, folk had come forth from their doors
and stood watching in silence.
"That's right, Corporal; tie him up," came Captain Harm's thickish voice, rich
and fruity with the assurance of power. "He won't desert again when I've done
with him and he won't resist either."
It was not for him to see, in those smiles, that the helpless man, bound for the
flogging-posts of the "Dolina of Weeping," where so many martyrs to that
goddess which is Italy had expiated in torment their crimes of loyalty and
courage, had already found a refuge beyond the reach of his spies and torturers
that he opposed even now to bonds and blows a resistance that no armed force
could overcome. If he saw the smiles at all, he took them for a tribute to his
brisk, decisive action with the cane.
"And now, take him along," he commanded, when the prisoner's wrists were tied
behind him to his satisfaction. "And stand no nonsense! If he won't walk make
him!"
The corporal saluted. "Zu Befehl, Herr Hauptmann," he deferred, and the
prisoner was thrust down the bank. The old mother, her head averted, moaned
softly. The old man, upholding her, smiled yet his death's-head smile.
The tiger-yellow of the grass between the trees was paler, the black was blacker,
as the two officers returned across the fields; to the hush of afternoon had
succeeded the briskness of evening. Birds were awake and a breeze rustled in the
branches; and Captain Hahn was strongly moved to speech.
"System," he said explosively. "All war all life comes down to system. You get
your civil labor by system; you keep it by system. Now, that little arrest."
"Did you see them laughing?" he interrupted. "Smiling, I should say. After you
had cut the fellow down they stopped crying out and they smiled."
"Ha! Enough to make 'em," said Captain Hahn. "I laughed myself. All that play-
acting before his people, and then, with two smacks kaput! Fellow looked like a
fool! It's part of the system, you see."
"That was it, you think?" The explanation explained nothing to Jovannic, least of
all his own sensations when the sudden surrender and the sad, pitying mirth had
succeeded to the struggle and the violence. He let Captain Hahn preach his
German gospel of system on earth and organization to man, and walked beside
him in silence, with pensive eyes fixed ahead, where the prisoner and his escort
moved in a plodding black group.
He had not that gift of seeing life and its agents in the barren white light of his
own purposes which so simplified things for Captain Hahn. He was a son of that
mesalliance of nations which was Austria-Hungary Slavs, their slipping grasp
clutching at eternity, Transylvanians, with pervert Latin ardors troubling their
blood, had blended themselves in him; and he was young. Life for him was a
depth not a surface, as for Captain Hahn; facts were but the skeleton of truth;
glamour clad them and made them vital. He had been transferred to the Italian
front from Russia, where his unripe battalion had lain in reserve throughout his
service; his experiences of the rush over the Isonzo, of the Italian debacle and
the occupation of the province of Friuli, lay undigested on his mental stomach. It
was as though by a single violent gesture he had translated himself from the
quiet life in his regiment, which had become normal and familiar, to the hush
and mystery of the vast Italian plain, where the crops grew lavishly as weeds and
the trees shut out the distances.
The great villa, whither they were bound, had a juncture of antique wall, pierced
with grilles of beaten iron; its gate, a delicacy of filigree, let them through to the
ordered beauty of the lawns, over which the mansion presided, a pale, fine
presence of a house. Hedges of yew, like walls of ebony, bounded the principal
walks. The prisoner and the retinue of soldiers that dignified him went ahead; the
two officers, acknowledging the crash of arms of the sentry's salute at the gate,
followed. The improvised prison was in the long wing of the building that
housed the stables. They took the crackling pebble path that led to it.
"Nu!" Captain Hahn slacked his military gait at one of the formal openings in the
wall of yews that shut them from the lawns before the great housed serene white
front. "The women see?"
But Jovannic had already seen the pair, arms joined, who paced upon the side-
lawn near at hand and had now stopped to look towards them. It was the old
Contessa, who owned the house and still occupied a part of it, and the
Contessina, her daughter. He knew the former as a disconcerting and never
disconcerted specter of an aged lady, with lips that trembled and eyes that never
faltered, and the latter as a serious, silent, tall girl with the black hair and oval
Madonna face of her country and he knew her, too, as a vague and aching
disturbance in his mind, a presence that troubled his leisure.
"You make your war here as sadly as a funeral," said Captain Hahn. "A fresh and
joyous war—that's what it ought to be! Now, in Flanders, we'd have had that girl
in with us at the mess." He laughed his rich, throaty laugh that seemed to lay a
smear of himself over the subject of his mirth. "That at the very least!" he added.
"Deserter that's what it is," replied Captain Hahn sharply; he found the Austrian
soldiers insufficiently respectful. "Lock him up safely, you understand. He'll go
before the military tribunal to-morrow. Jovannic, just see to signing the papers
and all that, will you?"
"Right," said Captain Hahn. "See you later, then." He swung off towards the
front of the great mansion. Jovannic turned to his business of consigning the
prisoner to safe keeping.
"You can untie his hands now," he said to the men of the escort as the sergeant
moved away to fetch the committal book. The sergeant turned at his words.
"Plenty of time for that," he said in his hoarse and too familiar tones. "It's me
that's responsible for him, isn't it? Well, then, let them stay tied up till I've had a
look at him. I know these fellows I do."
"He can't get away from here," began Jovannic impatiently; but the old sergeant
lifted a vast gnarled hand and wagged it at him with a kind of elderly rebuke.
"They're getting away in dozens every day," he rumbled. He put his hands on the
silent man and turned him where he stood to face the light. "Yes," he said;
"you've been knocking him about, too!"
The man had spoken no word; he showed now to the flush of the evening a face
young and strongly molded, from which all passion, all force, seemed to have
been drawn in and absorbed. It was calm as the face of a sleeper is calm; only
the mark of Captain Hahn's blow, the great swollen bruise on the brow, touched
it with a memory of violence. His eyes traveled beyond Jovannic and paused,
looking. Upon the pebble path beside the screen of yews a foot sounded;
Jovannic turned.
It was the Contessina; she came hurrying towards them. Jovannic saluted. Only
two or three times had he stood as close to her as then; and never before had he
seen her swift in movement, or anything but grave and measured in gait, gesture
and speech. He stared in surprise at her tall slenderness as it stood in relief
against the rose and bronze of the west.
"It is" she was a little breathless. "It is yes! young Luigi!" The prisoner, silent till
then, stirred and made some little noise of acquiescence. Behind him, still
holding to the cord that bound his wrists, his two stolid guards stared
uncomprehendingly; the old sergeant, his face one wrinkled mass of bland
knowingness, stood with his thumbs in his belt and his short, fat legs astraddle.
She leaned forward she seemed to sway like a wind-blown stalk and stared at the
prisoner's quiet face. Jovannic saw her lips part in a movement of pain. Then her
face came round to him.
"You, oh!" she gasped at him. "You haven't, you didn't strike him?"
Jovannic stared at her. He understood nothing. Granted that she knew the man,
as no doubt she knew every peasant of the village, he still didn't understand the
touch of agony in her manner and her voice.
"No, signorina," he answered stiffly. "I have not touched him. In fact, I was
ordering him to be unbound."
But Her eyes traveled again to the prisoner's bruised and defaced brow; she was
breathing quickly, like a runner. "Who, then? Who has?"
The old sergeant wagged his disreputable head. "German handwriting, that is,
my young lady," he croaked. "That's how our German lords and masters curse
them! write their Gott mit uns! The noble Captain Hahn I knew as soon as I saw
it!"
"Shut up, you!" ordered Jovannic, with the parade-snarl in his voice.
"And now, untie that man!"
He flung out a peremptory hand; in the girl's presence he meant to have an end
of the sergeant's easy manners. But now it was she who astonished him by
intervening.
"No!" she cried again. "You mustn't, you mustn't untie him now! You, you don't
know. Oh, wait while I speak to him! Luigi!" She turned to the prisoner and
began to speak with a quick, low urgency; her face, importunate and fearful, was
close to the still mask of his. "Luigi, promise me! If I let them, if they untie your
hands, will you promise not to, not to do it? Luigi will you?"
Jovannic could only stare at them, bewildered. He heard her pleading "Will you?
Will you promise me, Luigi?" passionately, as though she would woo him to
compliance. The peasant answered nothing; his slow eyes rested with a sort of
heavy meditation on the eagerness of her face. They seemed to be alone in the
midst of the soldiers, like men among statues. Then, beyond them, he caught
sight of the old sergeant, watching with a kind of critical sympathy; he, at any
rate, understood it all.
But Jovannic began in uncertain protest. None heeded him. The prisoner sighed
and moved a shoulder in a half-shrug as of deprecation. "No, signorina," he said
at last.
"Oh!" The sound was like a wail. The girl swayed back from him.
The sergeant clapped the man on the shoulder. "Be a good lad now!" he said.
"Promise the young lady you'll behave and we'll have the cords off as quick as
we can cut them. Promise her, such a nice young lady and all!"
The prisoner shook his head wearily. The girl, watching him, shivered.
"All this" Jovannic roused himself. "I don't understand. What's going on here?
Sergeant, what's it all about?"
The old man made a grimace. "She knows," he said, with a nod towards the girl.
"That proves it's spreading. It's got so now that if you only clout one of 'em on
the side of the head he'll go out and kill himself. Won't let you so much as touch
'em!"
"What!" Jovannic gaped at him. "Kill themselves? You mean if his hands are
untied, that man will?"
"Him?" The sergeant snorted. "Tonight if he can; tomorrow if he can't. He's
dead, he is. I know 'em, Herr Leutnant. Dozens of 'em already, for a flogging or
even for a kick; they call it 'escaping by the back door.' And now she knows. It's
spreading, I tell you."
It did not occur to him to doubt the sergeant; for the truth sprang at him.
The girl had moved half a dozen paces to where the shadow of the great yews
was deepening on the path. There she lingered, a slender presence, the oval of
her face shining pale in the shade.
Jovannic hesitated; then, gathering himself, he turned to the sergeant. "Now, I'm
going to have that man's hands untied," he said. The brisk speech relieved him
like an oath in anger. "No!" as the sergeant began to rumble "If you answer me
when I give you an order I'll put you in irons. He's to be untied and fed; and if
anything happens to him, if you don't deliver him alive in the morning, I'll send
you before the tribunal and I'll ask to have you shot. You understand that?"
The old sergeant dropped his hands; he saw that he had to deal with an officer
who, for the moment, meant what he said, and he was old in wisdom. He
dragged himself to a parody of "attention."
"I understand, Herr Leutnant," he growled. But the habit of years was too strong
for him, and he slacked his posture. "It means watching him all night; the men'll
get no sleep."
"You can watch yourself, for all I care," snapped Jovannic. "Now bring me the
book."
The signing and so forth were completed; the prisoner, unbound, stood between
two watchful guards, who attitudinised as though ready to pounce and grapple
him upon the least movement. "Now," commanded Jovannic, "take him in and
feed him. And for the rest you have your orders."
"March him in," directed the sergeant to the men. The prisoner turned obediently
between them and passed towards the open door of the guardhouse. He did not
look round, and his passivity, his quiescence, suggested to Jovannic, in a thrill of
strange vision, that the world, action, life had ceased for him at the moment
when Captain Harm's blow fell on his brow.
He was passing in at the door, a guard at either elbow, when the girl spoke in the
shadow.
From the doorway came the prisoner's reply: "Addio, adieu, signorina!" Then the
guardhouse received him.
Jovannic turned. The girl was walking away already, going slowly in the
direction of the wing of the great house that was left to her and her mother. He
joined her, and they came together from the night of the yew-walk to where,
upon the open lawn, the air was still aflood with the last light of the dying sun.
For a while he did not speak; her mood of tragedy enveloped them both and
hushed him. But never before had he had her thus alone; even to share her
silence was a sort of intimacy, and he groped for more.
"It it is really true, signorina what the sergeant said?" he asked at length.
She raised her face but did not look towards him. Her profile was a cameo upon
the dusk. "It is true," she answered in a low voice.
"I don't know what to do," said Jovannic. "But you know, signorina, it was not I
that struck him. I had nothing to do with it. I, I hope you believe that."
Still she gazed straight ahead of her. "I know who struck him," she said in the
same low, level voice.
"Well, then isn't there anything one could do?" pressed Jovannic. "To stop him
from killing himself, I mean. You see, he can't be tied or watched continually.
You know these people. If you could suggest something, signorina, I'd do what I
could."
She seemed to consider. Then "No," she answered; "nothing can be done." She
paused, and he was about to speak when she added: "I was wrong to try to
persuade him."
"It is your punishment," she said. "They have doomed you. You made them
slaves but they make you murderers!" She turned to him at last, with dark eyes
wide and a light as of exaltation in her face. Her voice, the strong, restrained
contralto of the south, broke once as she went on, but steadied again. "You must
not strike an Italian; it is dangerous. It is more than death, it is damnation! A
blow and they will strike back at your soul and your salvation, and you cannot
escape! Oh, this people and I would have persuaded him to live!"
She shrugged and turned to go on. They had reached the end of the wing in
which she lived. The path went round it, and beyond was the little irrigation
canal one of those small artificial water courses, deep and full-volumed, which
carry the snow water of the Cadore to the farms of the plain. The dregs of the
sunset yet faintly stained its surface like the lees of wine in water.
"Signorina," began Jovannic. He was not sure f what he wished to say to her. She
paused in her slow walk to hear him. "Signorina," he began again, "after all, in
war, a blow, you know, and I have never struck one of them never! I don't want
you to think of me as, as just a brute."
"No," she said. "And it is because you ordered Luigi to be untied that I have
warned you of your danger."
"Oh!" Jovannic sighed. "I don't think I really understand yet; but you have
managed to make it all." He made a vague gesture towards the village and the
tree-thronged land. "Well, gruesome! Every man in the place, apparently."
"And every woman," she put in quickly. "Never forget, Signor Tenente, it was
the women who began it."
"Yes," he said. It was in his mind that he was about to hear the stalest story of
all, but it was strange that he should hear it from her.
"I am proud to tell it," she said, as though she answered his thought. "Proud! A
little Friulana of these parts, a housemaid, we had masses for her till you took
our priest away. One of your officers used to, to persecute her. Oh!" she cried,
"why am I afraid even to name what she had to endure? He was always trying to
get into her bedroom; you understand? And one day he caught hold of her so that
she had to tear herself loose from him. She got free and stood there and smiled at
him. She knew what she had to do then."
"I know, I know," half whispered Jovannic. "In the village today I saw them
smile."
"He did not catch hold of her again; he misread that smile, and said that he
would come that night. 'What hour?' she asked, and he answered that he would
come at midnight. She put her hand to her bosom and drew out the little crucifix
they wear on a string. 'Swear on this that you will come to me at midnight,' she
said, and he took it in his hand and swore. Then it was evening she came out
here, to where the canal runs under the road. And there she drowned herself."
"No," she said. "He did not keep the oath which he swore upon the crucifix."
From the terrace before the house came the blare of the bugle sounding the
officers' mess call. She turned to go to her door.
"But, signorina!" Jovannic moved towards her. The sense of her, of the promise
and power of her beauty and womanhood, burned in him. And to the allurement
of her youth and her slender grace were added a glamour of strangeness and the
quality of the moment. She paused and faced him once more.
He watched her pass round the end of the building, unhurried, sad and unafraid.
He stood for some seconds yet after she had disappeared; then, drawing a deep
breath, like one relaxing from a strain, he turned and walked back to the front of
the house.
The burden of the evening lay upon him through the night at mess, where the
grey-clad German and Austrian officers ate and drank below the mild faces of
Pordenone's frescoed saints, and afterwards in his room, where he dozed and
woke and dozed again through the hot, airless hours. The memory of the girl, the
impression of her attitude, of her pale, unsmiling face, of her low, strong voice,
tormented him; he felt himself alone with her in a hag-ridden land where all men
were murderers or murdered; and she would have none of him. He arose sour
and unrefreshed.
In the great dining-room the splendor of the morning was tainted with the
staleness of last night's cigars, and, for a further flavor, sitting alone at the table,
with his cap on his head and his cane on the tablecloth beside him, was Captain
Hahn. The mess waiter, lurking near the door, looked scared and worried. He had
slept but little.
Captain Hahn gave him a furious glance and grunted inarticulately. He made the
effect as he sat of emitting fumes, vapors of an overcharged personality; his
naturally violent face was clenched like a fist.
"Here, you dog!" he exploded. The mess waiter all but leaped into the air. "Get
me another glass of brandy." The man dived through the door. "And now you,
Jovannic!"
"Damn it; so you knew he'd do it!" roared the captain. "Don't deny it; you've
admitted it. You knew he'd hang himself, and yet."
"But he couldn't," cried Jovannic, as Captain Hahn choked and sputtered. "I
ordered him to be watched. I told the sergeant"—Captain Hahn broke in with
something like a howl. "I wasn't going to have soldiers kept out of their beds for
stuff like that rotten, sentimental Austrian nonsense! I sent 'em off to get their
sleep; but you, you knew, you."
"Ah!" said Jovannic. "Then the Herr Hauptmann cancelled my arrangements for
the prisoner's safety and substituted his own! I am glad I am not responsible. So
he hanged himself?"
Captain Hahn opened his mouth and bit at the air. His hand was on his heavy
cane. The creeping mess waiter, tray in hand, came quivering to his elbow; never
in his service time or his life was he more welcome to a German officer. The
captain grabbed the glass and drank. Then with a sweep of his right arm he
slashed the man with his cane.
Jovannic looked at him curiously. He had not doubted that what the girl had told
him was true; but many things can be true in the stillness and tangled shadows of
the evening that are false in the light of the morning. This, then, was a murderer,
whom a whole population, a whole country, believed no, knew to be damned to
all eternity this incontinent, stagnant-souled, kept creature of the army! Not even
eternal damnation could dignify him or make him seem aught but the absurd and
noxious thing that he was; a soul like his would make itself at home in hell like
the old sergeant in the conquered province.
Later in the forenoon he saw the body; and that, too, he felt, failed to rise to the
quality of its fate. Beyond the orchard of old derelict fruit trees behind the stable
two men dug a grave in the sun, while from the shade the old sergeant smoked
and watched them; and a little apart lay a stretcher, a tattered and stained blanket
outlining the shape upon it. Jovannic was aware of the old man's shrewd eye
measuring him and his temper as he stopped by the stretcher.
China-bowled pipe in hand, the sergeant lumbered towards him. "You see, he did
it," he said. "Did it at once and got it over. Just hitched his belt to the window-
bars and swung himself off. You can't stop 'em nowadays."
The manner of the man's death had distorted the face that lay in the trough of the
stretcher, but it was pitiful and ugly rather than terrible or horrifying. The body,
its inertness, the still sprawl of the limbs, were puppet-like, with none of death's
pomp and menace. Jovannic stood gazing; the sergeant, with the blanket over his
arm, stood by smoking.
"Hey!" cried the sergeant suddenly, and flapped loose the blanket, letting it fall
to cover the body again. "See, Herr Leutnant the young lady!"
"Eh?" Jovannic started and turned to look. She was yet a hundred yards off,
coming through the wind-wrenched old trees of the orchard towards them. In her
hand and lying along the curve of her arm she bore what seemed to be the green
bough of a tree. The grass was to her knees, so that she appeared to float towards
them rather than to walk, and, for the lieutenant, her approach seemed suddenly
to lift all that in the affair was mean or little to the very altitude of tragedy.
He stood away from the body and raised his hand to his cap peak in silence. Very
slowly she lowered her head in acknowledgment. At the foot of the stretcher she
paused, with bowed head, and stood awhile so; if she prayed, it was with lips
that did not move. In the grave the diggers ceased to work, and stood, sunk to
their waists, to watch. The great open space was of a sudden reverend and
solemn. Then she knelt, and, taking in both hands the bough of laurel which she
carried, she bent above the covered shape and laid it upon the blanket.
She rose. It seemed to Jovannic that for an instant she looked him in the face
with eyes that questioned; but she did not speak. Turning, she went from them
by the way she had come, receding through the fantastic trees between whose
leaves the sunlight fell on her in drops like rain.
There was much for Jovannic to do in the days that followed, for Captain Harm's
dragnet was out over the villages and every day had its tale of arrests. Jovannic,
as one of his assistants, was out early and late, on horseback or motoring, till the
daily scenes of violence and pain palled on him like a routine. Once, in the
village near headquarters, he saw the Contessina; she was entering the house
whence the prisoner had been dragged forth, but though he loitered in the
neighborhood for an hour she did not come forth. And twice he saw her walking
by the canal with the old Contessa; always he marked in her that same supple
poise of body, that steady, level carriage of the head. But it was not for a couple
of weeks that chance served to give him any speech with her.
And then, as before, it was evening. He had been out on the affairs of Captain
Hahn, and was returning on foot along a path through the maize fields. The ripe
crops made a wall to either hand, bronze red and man-high, gleaming like
burnished metal in the shine of the sunset; and here, at a turning in the way, he
met her face to face.
"Good evening, Signor Tenente," she answered, and would have passed on but
that he barred the way as he stood.
There was no fear, no doubt, in the quiet of her face as she stood before him. Her
eyes were great and dark, but untroubled, and upon the lips, where he had never
seen a smile, was no tremor.
"Signorina!" he burst forth. "I, I have wanted to speak to you ever since that
evening. I cannot bear that you should think of me as you do."
"I do not think of you," she answered, with the resonance of bell-music thrilling
through the low tones of her voice.
He took a step nearer to her; she did not shrink nor fall back.
"But," he said, "I think of you always!" Her face did not change; its even quiet
was a challenge and an exasperation. "Signorina, what can I do? This accursed
war if it were not for that you would let me speak and at least you would listen.
But now."
He broke off with a gesture of helpless anger. She did not alter the grave
character of her regard.
"What is it that you wish to say to me?" she asked. "You see that I am listening."
Her very calm, the slender erectness of her body, her fearless and serious gaze,
were a goad to him.
He tried to take her hand. The impulse to touch her was irresistible; it was a
famine in his being. Without stepping back, without, a movement of retreat or a
change of countenance, she put her hands behind her back.
"Signorina!" He was close to her now; the heat of his face beat upon the ice of
hers. "Oh! This I can't! Give me at least your hand. Signorina."
Her voice was as level, as calm, as quiet, and yet as loud with allurement as ever.
His was the pervert blood, the virtues and the sins born of the promiscuity of
races. Hers rigid, empty of invitation were the ripe Italian lips, pure, with the
fastidious purity of her high birth and the childlike sweetness of her youth.
"Signorina!" He had meant to plead, but the force of her presence overwhelmed
him. He felt himself sucked down in a whirlpool of impulse; doom was ahead;
but the current of desire was too strong. A movement and his arms were about
her!
"Love!" he gasped. His lips were upon hers, Kissing, kissing! He slaked himself
on that dead and unresponsive mouth violently; he felt her frail and slender in
the crush of his arms. All her virginal and girlish loveliness was his for a mad
moment; then—. He released her. They stood apart. He passed a hand over his
brow to clear the fog from his eyes.
"I, I" he stammered. He could see her now. She stood opposite him still, her back
to the tall wall of maize that bounded the path. Her Hand was to her bosom; she
breathed hard, and presently, while he stared, words misshaping themselves
upon his abashed lips she smiled! Her sad, ripe mouth relaxed; all her grave face
softened; pity the profound pity of a martyr who prays for "those who know not
what they do" was alight in her face; the terrible mild mirth of those who are
assured of victory these showed themselves like an ensign. She smiled!
He saw that smile, and at first vision he did not know it. "Signorina," he began
again hopefully; then he stopped short. He saw again what he had seen in the
village when Captain Hahn had struck his memorable, self-revealing blow. The
smile the smile of those who choose death for the better part.
"Signorina!" His hands before his eyes hid her and her smile from him. "Please I
beg—." There was no answer. He lowered his hands, and lifted timidly,
repentantly, his face to seek pardon. But upon the path was no one. She had
parted the stout stalks of maize and disappeared.
An energy possessed him. He charged along the narrow path between the high
palisades of the metal-hued maize. Upon the next corner he encountered Captain
Hahn, swollen and pompous and perfect.
"Well?" said Captain Hahn, exhaling his words as a pricked bladder exhales air.
"Well, you searched those villages, did you?"
Jovannic saluted mechanically. Life his own life clogged his feet; to act was like
wading in treacle. He had an impulse of utter wild rebellion, of ferocious self-
assertion. Then:
II
THE DAGO
Eight bells had sounded, and in the little triangular fo'c'sle of the Anna Maria the
men of the port watch were waiting for their dinner. The daylight which entered
by the open hatch overhead spread a carpet of light at the foot of the ladder,
which slid upon the deck to the heave and fall of the old barque's blunt bows,
and left in shadow the double row of bunks and the chests on which the men sat.
From his seat nearest the ladder, Bill, the ship's inevitable Cockney, raised his
flat voice in complaint.
"That bloomin' Dago takes 'is time over fetchin' the hash," he said.
"'E wants wakin' up a bit that's wot 'e wants."
Sprawling on the edge of his bunk forward, Dan, the oldest man in the ship, took
his pipe from his lips in the deliberate way in which he did everything. Short in
stature and huge in frame, the mass of him, even in that half-darkness of the
fo'c'sle, showed somehow majestic and powerful.
"The mate came after 'im about somethin' or other," he said in his deep, slow
tones.
"That's right," said another seaman. "It was about spillin' some tar on the deck,
an' now the Dago's got to stop up this arternoon an' holystone it clean in his
watch below."
"Bloomin' fool," growled the Cockney. But it was the wrong word, and the
others were silent.
"'E ain't fit to paddle a bumboat," the Cockney went on. "Can't go aloft, can't
stand 'is wheel, can't even fetch the hash to time."
"Yes!" Dan shifted slowly, and the younger man stopped short. "You better slip
along to the galley, Bill, an' see about that grub."
The Cockney swore, but rose from his seat. Dan was not to be disobeyed in the
fo'c'sle. But at that moment the hatch above was darkened.
"'Ere's the Dago," cried Bill. "Where you bin, you bloomin' fool?"
A bare foot came over the combing, feeling vaguely for the steps of the ladder.
Dan sat up and laid by his pipe; two seamen went to assist in the safe delivery of
their dinner.
"Carn't yer never learn to bring the grub down the ladder backwards?" Bill was
demanding of the new-comer. "Want to capsize it all again, like yer done
before?"
"Ah, no!"
The Dago stood in the light of the hatch and answered the Cockney with a shrug
and a timid, conciliatory smile. He was a little swarthy man, lean and anxious,
with quick, apprehensive eyes which flitted now nervously from one to the other
of the big sailors whose comrade and servant he was. There was upon him none
of that character of the sea which shaped their every gesture and attitude. As the
Cockney snarled at him he moved his hands in deprecating gesticulation; a touch
of the florid appeared in him, of that easy vivacity which is native to races
ripened in the sun.
"Keepin' men waitin' like this," mouthed Bill. "Bloomin' flat-footed, greasy
'anded."
Dan's deliberate voice struck in strongly. "Ain't you goin' to have no dinner,
Dago?" he demanded. "Come on an' sit down to it, man!"
"De mate," he said, smiling with raised eyebrows, as though in pitying reference
to that officer's infirmities of temper, "'e call me. So I cannot go to de galley for
fetch de dinner more quick. Please escuse."
"Ah, yais!" And now his smile and his start to obey apologized to Dan for not
having come at the first summons.
Dan pushed the "kid" of food towards him. "Dig in," he bade him.
"You've had better grub than this in yer time, but it's all there is.
So go at it."
"Better dan dis!" The Dago paused to answer in the act of helping himself. "Ah,
mooch, mooch better, yais. I tell you." He began to gesticulate as he talked,
trying to make these callous, careless men see with him the images that his
words called up.
"Joost before de hot of de day I sit-a down in a balcao, where it is shade, yais, an'
look at-a de water an' de trees, an' hear de bells, all slow an' gentle, in de church.
An' when it is time dey bring me de leetle fish like-a de gold, all fresh, an' de
leetle bread-cakes, yais, an' de wine."
"That's the style," approved a seaman. Though they did not cease to eat, they
were all listening.
Tales of food and drink are always sure of a hearing in the fo'c'sle.
"On a table of de black wood, shining, an' a leetle cloth like snow," the Dago
went on; "an' de black woman dat brings it smiles wiz big white teeth."
He paused, seeing it all the tropic languor and sweetness of the life he had
conjured up, so remote, so utterly different from the rough-hewn realities that
surrounded him.
"Shove that beef-kid down this way, will yer?" called Bill.
"You wait," answered Dan. He jogged the Dago with his elbow. "Now, lad," he
said, "that's talk enough. Get yer grub."
The Dago, recalled from his visions, smiled and sighed and leaned forward to
take his food. From his seat by the ladder, Bill the Cockney watched with mean,
angry eyes to measure the size of his helping.
It was at Sourabaya, in Java, that he had been shipped to fill, as far as he could,
the place of a man lost overboard. The port had been bare of seamen; the choice
was between the Dago and nobody; and so one evening he had come alongside
in a sampan and joined the crew of the Anna Maria. He brought with him as his
kit a bundle of broken clothes and a flat paper parcel containing a single suit of
clean white duck, which he cherished under the straw mattress of his bunk and
never wore. He made no pretence of being a seaman. He could neither steer nor
go aloft, and there fell to him, naturally, all the work of the ship that was
ignominious or unpleasant or merely menial. It was the Dago, with his shrug and
his feeble, complaisant smile, who scraped the boards of the pigsty and hoisted
coal for the cook, and swept out the fo'c'sle while the other men lay and smoked.
"What made ye ship, anyway?" men would ask him angrily, when some instance
of his incompetence had added to the work of the others. To this, if they would
hear him, he had always an answer. He was a Portuguese, it seemed, of some
little town on the coast of East Africa, where a land-locked bay drowsed below
the windows of the houses under the day-long sun. When he spoke of it, if no
one cut him short, his voice would sink to a hushed tone and he would seem to
be describing a scene he saw. His jerking, graphic hands would fall still as he
talked of the little streets where no one made a noise, and the sailors stared
curiously at his face with the glamour of dreams on it.
From a life tuned to that murmur of basking waters a mishap had dragged him
forth. It took the shape of a cruise in a fishing boat, in which he and three
companions "t'ree senhores, t'ree gentilmen" had run into weather and been
blown out to sea, there to be rescued, after four days of hunger and terror, by a
steamship which had carried them to Aden and put them ashore there penniless.
It was here that his tale grew vague. For something like three years he had
wandered, working on ships and ashore, always hoping that sooner or later a
chance would serve him to return to his home. Twice already he had got to
Mozambique, but that was still nearly a thousand miles from his goal, and on
each occasion his ship had carried him inexorably back. The Anna Maria was
bound for Mozambique, and he had offered himself, with new hopes for his third
attempt.
"D'ye reckon you'll do it this passage?" the seamen used to ask him over their
pipes.
He would shrug and spread his hands. "Ah, who can tell? But some time, yais."
"An' what did ye say the name o' that place o' yours was?"
He would tell them, speaking, its syllables with soft pleasure in their mere
sound.
"Never heard of it," they always said. "Ships don't go there, Dago."
"Ah, but yais." The Dago had known ships call. "Not often, but sometimes.
There is leetle trade, an' ships come. On de tide, floating up to anchor, so close
you hear de men talkin' on de fo'c'sle head, and dey hear de people ashore girl
singin', perhaps and smell de trees."
When dinner was over it fell to the Dago to take the "kids" back to the galley and
sweep down the deck. So he had barely time to smoke the cigarette he made of
shredded ship's tobacco rolled in a strip of newspaper before he had to go on
deck again to holystone the spilled tar from the planks. Dan gave him advice
about using a hard stone and plenty of sand, to which he listened, smiling, and
then he went up the ladder again, with his rags shivering upon him, to the toil of
the afternoon.
The seamen were already in their bunks, each smoking ruminatively the pipe
that prefaces slumber.
"Queer yarn that feller tells," remarked one of them idly. "How much of it d'you
reckon's true, Dan?"
In the for'ard lower bunk Dan opened drowsy eyes. He was lying on his back
with his hands under his head, and the sleeves of his shirt rolled back left bare
his mighty forearms with their faded tattooings. His big, beardless face was red,
like rusty iron, with over thirty years of seafaring; it was simple and strong, a
transparent mask of the man's upright and steadfast spirit.
"Eh?" he said, and the other repeated his question. Dan sucked at his pipe and
breathed the smoke forth in a thin blue mist.
"It might be true enough," he answered at length, in his deliberate bass. "Things
like that does happen; you c'n read 'em in newspapers. Anyhow, true or not, the
Dago believes it all."
"Meanin' he's mad?" inquired the other. "Blowed if I didn't think it once or twice
myself."
"He's mad right enough," agreed another seaman comfortably, while from Bill's
bunk came the usual snarl of "bloomin' fool."
Dan turned over on his side and put his pipe away.
"He don't do any harm, anyhow," he said, pulling up his blanket.
"There's worse than him."
"Plenty, poor devil," agreed the first speaker, as he too prepared for the
afternoon's sleep.
On his knees upon the deck aft, shoving his holystone to and fro laboriously and
unhandily along the planks where the accident with the tar-pot had left its stain,
the Dago still broke into little meaningless smiles. For him, at any rate, the
narrow scope between the stem and stern of the Anna Maria was not the world.
He had but to lift up the eyes of his mind to behold, beyond it and dwarfing it to
triviality, the glamours of a life in which it had no part. Those who saw him at
his dreary penance had their excuse for thinking him mad, for there were
moments when his face glowed like a lover's, his lips moved in soundless
speech, and he had the aspect of a man illuminated by some sudden and tender
joy.
"Now, then, you Dago there," the officer of the watch shouted at him.
"Keep that stone movin', an' none of yer shenanikin'!"
It needed the ingenuity of Bill to trouble his tranquility of mind. The old Anna
Maria was far on her passage, and already there were birds about her, the far-
flying scouts of the land, and the color of the water had changed to a softer and
more radiant blue. It was as though sad Africa made herself comely to invite
them to her shores. Bill had a piece of gear to serve with spun-yarn, and was at
work abreast of the foremast, with the Dago to help him. The rope on which they
worked was stretched between the rail and the mast. Bill had the serving-mallet,
and as he worked it round the rope the Dago passed the ball of spun-yarn in time
with him. The mate was aft, superintending some work upon the mizzen, and
Bill took his job easily. The Dago, with his little smile to which his lips shaped
themselves unconsciously, passed the ball in silence. The Cockney eyed him
unpleasantly.
"Say, Dago," he said presently, "wot was the name o' that there place you said
you come from?"
"Eh?" The Dago roused from his smiling reverie. "De name? Ah, yais." He
pronounced the name slowly, making its syllables render their music.
"Yus," said Bill, "I thought that was it."
"Well," said Bill, "you bin talkin' abaht it a lot, and so, d'yer see, I reckoned I'd
find out. An' yesterday I 'ad to go into the cabin to get at the lazareet 'atch, an'
the chart was spread out on the table."
"De chart?" The Dago was slow to understand. "Ah, yais. Mapa chart.
An' you look at-a 'im, yais?"
"Yus," answered Bill, who, like most men before the mast, had never seen a
chart in his life. "I looked at ev'ry name on it, ev'ry bloomin' one. A chart o'
Africa it was, givin' the whole lot of 'em. But your place."
"Yais?" cried the Dago. "You see 'im? An' de leetle bay under de hills? You find
it?"
"Wasn't there?" The Dago's smile was gone now; his forehead was puckered like
a child's in bewilderment, and a darker doubt at the back of his thoughts loomed
up in his troubled eyes.
"No," said the Cockney, watching him zestfully. "You got it wrong, Dago, an'
there ain't no such place. You dreamt it. Savvy? All wot you bin tell in' us about
the town an' the bay an' the way you used to take it easy there all that's just a
bloomin' lie. See?"
The Dago's face was white and his lips trembled. He tried to smile.
"Not there," he repeated. "It is de joke, not? You fool me, Bill, yais?"
Bill shook his head. "I wouldn't fool yer abaht a thing like that," he declared
sturdily. "There ain't no such place, Dago. It's just one o' yer fancies, yer know."
In those three years of wandering there had been dark hours turbulent with pain,
hours when his vision, his hope, his memory had not availed to uplift him, and
he had known the terror of a doubt lest the whole of it should, after all, be but a
creation of his yearnings, a mirage of his desires. Everywhere men had believed
him mad. He had accepted that as he accepted toil, hunger and exile, as things to
be redeemed by their end. But if it should be true! If this grossness and harshness
should, after all, be his real life! Bill saw the agony that broke loose within his
victim, and bent his head above his work to hide a smile.
"Ah!" The quiet exclamation was all that issued from the Dago's lips; the surge
of emotion within him sought no vent in words. But Bill was satisfied; he had
the instincts of a connoisseur in torment, and the Dago's face was now a mask
that looked as if it had never smiled.
It was Dan that spoiled and undid the afternoon's work. During the second dog-
watch, when the Dago kept the look out, he carried his pipe to the forecastle
head and joined him there. Right ahead of the ship the evening sky was still
stained with the afterglow of the sunset; the jib-boom swung gently athwart a
heaven in whose darkening arch there was still a ghost of color. Between the
anchors, where they lay lashed on their chocks, the Dago stood and gazed west
to where, beyond the horizon, the shores of Africa had turned barren and
meaningless.
"Well, lad," rumbled Dan, "gettin' near it, eh? Gettin' on towards the little town
by the bay, ain't we?"
The Dago swung round towards him. "Dere is no town," he said calmly.
"No town, no bay, no anyt'ing. I was mad, but now I know."
He spoke evenly enough, and in the lessening light his face was indistinct. But
old Dan, for all his thirty and odd years of hard living, had an ear tuned
delicately to the trouble of his voice.
"What's all' this?" he demanded shortly. "Who's been tellin' you there ain't no
town or anything? Out with it! Who was it?"
"It don't matter," said the Dago. "It was Bill." And briefly, in the same even
tones, like those of a man who talks in his sleep, he told the tale of Bill's
afternoon's sport.
"Ah, so it was Bill!" said Dan slowly, when the recital was at an end. "Bill, was
it? Ye-es. Well, o' course you know that Bill's the biggest liar ever shipped out o'
London, where liars is as common as weevils in bread. So you don't want to take
no notice of anything Bill says."
The Dago shook his head. "It is not that," he said. "It is not de first time I 'ave
been called mad; and sometimes I have think it myself."
"T'ree years," went on the Dago in his mournful, subdued voice. "T'ree years I
go about an' work, always poor, dirty work, an' got no name, only 'Dago.' I t'ink
all de time 'bout my leetle beautiful town; but sometimes I t'ink, too, when I am
tired an' people is hard to me: 'It is a dream. De world has no place so good as
dat.' What you t'ink, Dan?"
"Oh, I dunno," grunted Dan awkwardly. "Anyhow, there ain't no harm in it. It
don't follow a man's mad because he's got fancies."
Night was sinking on the great solitude of waters. Above them the sails of the
foremast stood pale and lofty, and there was the rhythmic jar of a block against a
backstay. The Anna Maria lifted her weather bow easily to the even sea, and the
two men on the fo'c'sle head swung on their feet unconsciously to the movement
of the barque.
"Eef it was only a fancy," said the Dago suddenly, "eef it was only a town in my
mind, I don' want it no more." He made a motion with his hand as though he cast
something from him. "I t'ink all dis time it is true, dat some day I find it again. It
help me; it keep me glad; it save me from misery. But now it is all finish."
"But don't you know," cried Dan, "don't you know for sure whether it's true or
not?"
The Dago shook his head. "I am no more sure," he said. "For t'ree years I have
had bad times, hard times. So now I am not sure. Dat is why I t'ink I am a little
mad, like Bill said."
"Lad," he said, "I'm sorry for your trouble. I ain't settin' up to know much about
fellers' minds, but it seems to me as if you was better off without them fancies, if
they ain't true. An' that town o' yours! It sounded fine, as good a place as ever I
heard of; but it was mighty like them ports worn-out sailormen is always figurin'
to themselves, where they'll go ashore and take it easy for the rest o' their lives.
It was too good, mate, too good to be true."
There was a pause. "Yes," said the Dago at last. "It was too good,
Dan."
Dan gave his arm a grip, and left him to his look out over a sea whose shores
were now as desolate as itself, a man henceforth to be counted sane, since he
knew life as bare of beauty, sordid and difficult.
Dan put his pipe in his pocket and walked aft to the main hatch, where the men
were gathered for the leisure of the dog-watch. He went at his usual deliberate
gait, a notable figure of seamanlike respectability and efficiency. Upon his big,
shaven face a rather stolid tranquility reigned. Bill, leaning against a corner of
the galley, looked up at him carelessly.
"Yes," said Dan, in the same conversational tone. "I have. An' now
I'm goin' to have a word with you. Stand clear of that deckhouse!"
That was all. Dan's fist, the right one, of the hue and hardness of teak, with Dan's
arm behind it, arrived just under his eye, and the rest of the conversation was
yelps. No one attempted to interrupt; even the captain and mate, who watched
from the poop, made no motion to interfere; Dan's reputation for uprightness
stood him in good stead.
"There, now," he said, when it was over, and he allowed the gasping, bleeding
Cockney to fall back on the hatch. "See what comes of not takin' hints?"
They made Mozambique upon the morning of a day when the sun poured from
the heavens and the light wind came warm off the land. The old Anna Maria,
furling sail by sail, floated up to her anchorage and let go her anchors just as a
shore-boat, manned by big nearly naked negroes, with a white man sitting in the
stern, raced up alongside. In less than an hour the hands were lifting the anchors
again and getting ready to go to sea once more. The cook, who had served the
captain and his visitor with breakfast, was able to explain the mystery. He stood
at his galley door, with his cloth cap cocked sportively over one eye, and gave
the facts to the inquisitive sailors.
"That feller in the boat was th' agent," he said. "A Porchuguee, he was. Wanted
wine f'r 'is breakfus'. An' the orders is, we're to go down the coast to a place
called le'me see, now. What was it called? Some Dago name that I can't call to
mind."
Dan was among his hearers, and by some freak of memory the name of the town
of which the Dago had been used to speak, the town which was now a dream to
be forgotten, came to his lips. He spoke it aloud.
"You've got it," cried the cook. "That was it, Dan; the very place. Fancy you
knowin' it. Well, we got to go down there and get in across a sort of bar what's
there an' discharge into lighters. Seems it's a bit out o' the way o' shippin'. The
skipper said that the charterers seemed to think the old boat ran on wheels."
"Queer!" said Dan. To himself he said: "He must ha' heard the name somewhere
and hitched his dream to it."
The name, as it chanced, was one of many syllables, and the sailors managed
them badly. Men who speak of the islands of Diego Ramirez as the
"Daggarammarines" are not likely to deal faithfully with a narrie that rings
delicately like guitar strings, and Dan observed that their mention of the barque's
destination had no effect upon the Dago. For him all ports had become
indifferent; one was not nearer than another to any place of his desire. He spoke
no more of his town; when the men, trying to draw him, spoke about food, or
women, or other roads to luxury, he answered without smiling.
"I t'ink no more 'bout dat," he said. "T'ree year work an' have bad times. Before,
I don' remember o more."
"He was better when he was crazy," agreed the seamen. It was as though the
gaiety, the spring of gladness, within the little man had been dried up; there was
left only the incompetent and despised Dago. He faced the routine of his toil
now with no smile of preoccupation for a sweeter vision; he shuffled about
decks, futile as ever, with the dreariness of a man in prison.
Only to Dan he spoke more freely. It was while the watch was washing down
decks in the morning. The two were side by side, plying their brooms along the
wet planks, while about them the dawn broadened towards the tropic day.
"I am no more mad," said the Dago. "Now I know I am not mad. Dat name of de
place where we go de men don' know how to speak it, but it is de name of my
town, de town I t'ink about once so much. Yais I know! At last, after all dis time,
I come dere, but I am not glad. I am never glad no more 'bout not'ing."
"Only 'bout one t'ing I am glad," went on the Dago. "'Bout a friend I make on dis
ship; 'bout you, Dan."
"But 'bout de town, I am no more glad. I know now it is more better to be sad an'
poor an' weak dan to be mad an' glad about fancies. Yais I know now!"
"You'll be all right," said Dan. "Cheer up, lad. There's fellers worse off than
you!" An inspiration lit up his honest and downright brain for a moment. "Why,"
he said, "it's better to be you than be a feller like Bill that never had a fancy in
his life. You've lost a lot, maybe; but you can't lose a thing you never had."
The Dago half-smiled. "Yais," he said. "You are mos' wise, Dan. But,
Dan! Dan!"
"Yes. What?"
"If it had been true, Dan dat beautiful town an' all my dream! If it had been
true!"
"Shove along wi' that broom," advised Dan. "The mate's lookin'."
They came abreast of their port about midday, and Dan, at the wheel, heard the
captain swear as they stood in through a maze of broken water, where coral reefs
sprouted like weeds in a neglected garden, towards the hills that stood low above
the horizon. He had been furnished, it seemed, with a chart concerning whose
trustworthiness he entertained the bitterest doubts. There was some discussion
with the mate about anchoring and sending in a boat to bring off a pilot, but
presently they picked up a line of poles sticking up above the water like a ruined
fence, and these seemed to comfort the captain. Bits of trees swam alongside; a
flight of small birds, with flashes of green and red in their plumage, swung about
them; the water, as they went, changed color. Little by little the hills lifted from
the level of the water and took on color and variety, till from the deck one could
make out the swell of their contours and distinguish the hues of the wild
vegetation that clothed them. The yellow of a beach and a snowy gleam of surf
showed at their feet, and then, dead ahead and still far away, they opened, and in
the gap there was visible the still shining blue of water that ran inland and lay
quiet under their shelter.
"Stand by your to'gallant halyards!" came the order. "Lower away there!"
It was evening already when the old Anna Maria, floating slowly under a couple
of jibs and a foretopsail, rounded the point and opened the town. The bay, with
its fringe of palms, lay clear before her; beyond its farthest edge, the sun had just
set, leaving his glories to burn out behind him, and astern of them in the east the
swift tropic night was racing up the sky. The little town a church-tower and a
cluster of painted, flat-roofed houses, lay behind the point at the water's edge.
There was a music of bells in the still air; all the scene breathed that joyous
languor, that easy beauty which only the sun can ripen, which the windy north
never knows. With the night at her heels, the old Anna Maria moved almost
imperceptibly towards the town.
"Stand by to anchor!" came the order from aft, and the mate, calling three men
with him, went up the ladder to the fo'c'sle head.
Dan was one of the three. He was at the rail, looking at the little town as it
unfolded itself, house after house, with the narrow streets between, when he first
noticed the white figure at his side. He turned in surprise; it was the Dago, in the
cherished suit of duck which he had guarded for so long under his mattress.
Heretofore, Dan had known him only in his rags of working-clothes, a mildly
pathetic and ridiculous figure; now he was seemly, unfamiliar, a little surprising.
The Dago was looking with all his eyes at the town, already growing dim.
"Dis?" he repeated. "Dese clo'se, I keep dem for my town, Dan. To come back
wis yais! For not be like a mendigo a beggar. Now, no need to keep dem no
more; and dis place oh, Dan, it is so like, so like! I dream it all yais de church, de
praca all of it!"
"No," said the Dago; "I never dream no more. Never no more!"
He did not take his eyes from it; he stood at the rail gazing, intent, absorbed. He
did not hear the mate's brief order that summoned him and the others across the
deck.
"When I go out on de fishin' boat," he said aloud, thinking Dan was still at his
side, "a girl was singin' an'—"
"Here, you!" cried the mate. "What's the matter with you? Why don't you?"
He stopped in amazement, for the Dago turned and spat a brief word at him,
making a gesture with his hand as though to command silence.
In the moment that followed they all heard it a voice that sang, a strong and
sweet contralto that strewed its tones forth like a scent, to add itself to the other
scents of earth and leaves that traveled across the waters and reached them on
their deck. They heard it lift itself as on wings to a high exaltation of melody and
fail thence, hushing and drooping deliciously, down diminishing slopes of song.
"What the-" began the mate, and moved to cross the deck.
His surprises were not yet at an end, for Dan Dan, the ideal seaman, the precise
in his duty, the dependable, the prosaically perfect Dan caught him by the arm
with a grip in which there was no deference for the authority of a chief officer.
"Leave him be, sir," urged Dan. "I, I know what's the matter with him. Leave
him be!"
The voice ashore soared again, sure and buoyant; the mate dragged his arm free
from Dan's hold and turned to swear; on the main deck the horse-laugh of Bill
answered the singer. The Dago heard nothing. Bending forward over the rail, he
stretched both arms forth, and in a voice that none recognized, broken and
passionate, he took up the song. It was but for a minute, while the mate
recovered his outraged senses, but it was enough. The voice ashore had ceased.
"What the blank blank!" roared the mate, as he dragged the Dago across the
deck. "What d'ye mean by it, eh? Get hold o' that rope, or I'll—."
"Yais, sir."
A moment later he turned to Dan, and in the already deepening gloom his smile
gleamed white in his face.
"Ah, my frien'!" he said. "Dere was no dream. T'ree years, all bad, all hard, all
sad dat was de dream. Now I wake up. Only one t'ing true in all de t'ree years de
friend I make yais."
"Hark!" said Dan. "Hear it? There's boats comin' off to us."
"Yais!" The smile gleamed again. "For me. It is no dream. Dey hear my voice
when I sing. By'm by you hear dem callin', 'Felipe!' Dat's my name."
III
WOOD-LADIES
The pine trees of the wood joined their branches into a dome of intricate
groinings over the floor of ferns where the children sat sunk to the neck in a
foam of tender green. The sunbeams that slanted in made shivering patches of
gold about them. Joyce, the elder of the pair, was trying to explain why she had
wished to come here from the glooms of the lesser wood beyond.
"I wasn't 'zactly frightened," she said. "I knew there wasn't any lions or robbers,
or anything like that. But—"
"No! You know I don't mind tramps, Joan. But as we was going along under all
those dark bushes where it was so quiet, I kept feeling as if there was something
behind me. I looked round and there wasn't anything, but well, it felt as if there
was."
Joyce's small face was knit and intent with the effort to convey her meaning. She
was a slim, erect child, as near seven years of age as made no matter, with eyes
that were going to be grey but had not yet ceased to be blue. Joan, who was a
bare five, a mere huge baby, was trying to root up a fern that grew between her
feet.
"I know," she said, tugging mightily. The fern gave suddenly, and
Joan fell over on her back, with her stout legs sticking up stiffly.
In this posture she continued the conversation undisturbed. "I know,
Joy. It was wood-ladies!"
"Wood-ladies!" Joyce frowned in faint perplexity as Joan rolled right side up
again. Wood-ladies were dim inhabitants of the woods, beings of the order of
fairies and angels and even vaguer, for there was nothing about them in the
story-books. Joyce, who felt that she was getting on in years, was willing to be
skeptical about them, but could not always manage it. In the nursery, with the
hard, clean linoleum underfoot and the barred window looking out on the lawn
and the road, it was easy; she occasionally shocked Joan, and sometimes herself,
by the license of her speech on such matters; but it was a different affair when
one came to the gate at the end of the garden, and passed as through a dream
portal from the sunshine and frank sky to the cathedral shadows and great
whispering aisles of the wood. There, the dimness was like the shadow of a
presence; as babies they had been aware of it, and answered their own questions
by inventing wood-ladies to float among the trunks and people the still, green
chambers. Now, neither of them could remember how they had first learned of
wood-ladies.
"Wood-ladies," repeated Joyce, and turned with a little shiver to look across the
ferns to where the pines ended and the lesser wood, dense with undergrowth,
broke at their edge like a wave on a steep beach. It was there, in a tunnel of a
path that writhed beneath over-arching bushes, that she had been troubled with
the sense of unseen companions. Joan, her fat hands struggling with another
fern, followed her glance.
"That's where they are," she said casually. "They like being in the dark."
"Joan!" Joyce spoke earnestly. "Say truly truly, mind! do you think there is
wood-ladies at all?"
"'Course there is," replied Joan, cheerfully. "Fairies in fields and angels in
heaven and dragons in caves and wood-ladies in woods."
Joan lifted her round baby face, plump, serene, bright with innocence, and gazed
across at the tangled trees beyond the ferns. She wore the countenance with
which she was wont to win games, and Joyce thrilled nervously at her certainty.
Her eyes, which were brown, seemed to seek expertly; then she nodded.
"There's one now," she said, and fell to work with her fern again.
Joyce, crouching among the broad green leaves, looked tensely, dread and
curiosity the child's avid curiosity for the supernatural alight in her face. In the
wood a breath of wind stirred the leaves; the shadows and the fretted lights
shifted and swung; all was vague movement and change. Was it a bough that
bent and sprang back or a flicker of draperies, dim and green, shrouding a
tenuous form that passed like a smoke-wreath? She stared with wide eyes, and it
seemed to her that for an instant she saw the figure turn and the pallor of a face,
with a mist of hair about it, sway towards her. There was an impression of eyes,
large and tender, of an infinite grace and fragility, of a coloring that merged into
the greens and browns of the wood; and as she drew her breath, it was all no
more. The trees, the lights and shades, the stir of branches were as before, but
something was gone from them.
The sound of words had broken a spell. Joyce was no longer sure that she had
seen anything.
"I thought, just now, I could see something," she said. "But I s'pose
I didn't."
Joyce crawled through the crisp ferns till she was close to Joan, sitting solid and
untroubled and busy upon the ground, with broken stems and leaves all round
her.
"Joan," she begged. "Be nice. You're trying to frighten me, aren't you?"
"I'm not," protested Joan. "I did see a wood-lady. Wood-ladies doesn't hurt you;
wood-ladies are nice. You're a coward, Joyce."
"I can't help it," said Joyce, sighing. "But I won't go into the dark spots of the
wood any more."
"You wouldn't like to go there by yourself!" cried Joyce. "If I wasn't with you,
you'd be a coward, too. You know you would."
She stopped, for Joan had swept her lap free of debris and was rising to her feet.
Joan, for all her plumpness and infantile softness, had a certain deliberate dignity
when she was put upon her mettle. She eyed her sister with a calm and very
galling superiority.
Without a further word Joan turned her back and began to plough her way across
the ferns towards the dark wood. Joyce, watching her, saw her go at first with
wrath, for she had been stung, and then with compunction. The plump baby was
so small in the brooding solemnity of the pines, thrusting indefatigably along,
buried to the waist in ferns. Her sleek, brown head had a devoted look; the whole
of her seemed to go with so sturdy an innocence towards those peopled and
uncanny glooms. Joyce rose to her knees to call her back.
"Joan!" she cried. The baby turned. "Joan! Come back; come back an' be
friends!"
Joan, maintaining her offing, replied with a gesture. It was a gesture they had
learned from the boot-and-knife boy, and they had once been spanked for
practicing it on the piano-tuner. The boot-and-knife boy called it "cocking a
snook," and it consisted in raising a thumb to one's nose and spreading the
fingers out. It was defiance and insult in tabloid form. Then she turned and
plodded on. The opaque wall of the wood was before her and over her, but she
knew its breach. She ducked her head under a droop of branches, squirmed
through, was visible still for some seconds as a gleam of blue frock, and then the
ghostly shadows received her and she was gone. The wood closed behind her
like a lid.
Joyce, squatting in her place, blinked a little breathlessly to shift from her senses
an oppression of alarm, and settled down to wait for her. At least it was true that
nothing ever happened to Joan; even when she fell into a water-butt she suffered
no damage; and the wood was a place to which they came every day.
"Isn't there a clock inside you that tells you when it's lunch time?" asked Mother.
"You're ever so late. Where's Joan?"
Joyce rose among the ferns, delicate and elfin, with a shy perplexity on her face.
It was difficult to speak even to Mother about wood-ladies without a pretence of
skepticism.
"I forgot about lunch," she said, taking the slim, cool hand which
Mother held out to her. "Joan's in there." She nodded at the bushes.
"Is she?" said Mother, and called aloud in her singing voice that was so clear to
hear in the spaces of the wood. "Joan! Joan!"
"She said," explained Joyce; "she said she saw a wood-lady, and then she went in
there to show me she wasn't afraid."
"What's a wood-lady, chick?" asked Mother. "The rascal!" she said, smiling,
when Joyce had explained as best she could. "We'll have to go and look for her."
They went hand in hand, and Mother showed herself clever in parting a path
among the bushes. She managed so that no bough sprang back to strike Joyce,
and without tearing or soiling her own soft, white dress; one could guess that
when she had been a little girl she, too, had had a wood to play in. They cut
down by the Secret Pond, where the old rhododendrons were, and out to the edge
of the fields; and when they paused Mother would lift her head and call again,
and her voice rang in the wood like a bell. By the pond, which was a black water
with steep banks, she paused and showed a serious face; but there were no marks
of shoes on its clay slopes, and she shook her head and went on. But to all the
calling there was no answer, no distant cheery bellow to guide them to Joan.
"I wish she wouldn't play these tricks," said Mother. "I don't like them a bit."
"I expect she's hiding," said Joyce. "There aren't wood-ladies really, are there,
Mother?"
Joyce knew that the hand which held hers tightened as they went, and there was
still no answer to Mother's calling. She could not have told what it was that made
her suddenly breathless; the wood about her turned desolate; an oppression of
distress and bewilderment burdened them both. "Joan! Joan!" called Mother in
her strong beautiful contralto, swelling the word forth in powerful music, and
when she ceased the silence was like a taunt. It was not as if Joan were there and
failed to answer; it was as if there were no longer any Joan anywhere. They
came at last to the space of sparse trees which bordered their garden.
"We mustn't be silly about this," said Mother, speaking as much to herself as to
Joyce. "Nothing can have happened to her. And you must have lunch, chick."
"Yes. The gardener and the boot-boy must look for Joan," said Mother, opening
the gate.
The dining-room looked very secure and homelike, with its big window and its
cheerful table spread for lunch. Joyce's place faced the window, so that she could
see the lawn and the hedge bounding the kitchen garden; and when Mother had
served her with food, she was left alone to eat it. Presently the gardener and the
boot-boy passed the window, each carrying a hedge-stake and looking war-like.
There reached her a murmur of voices; the gardener was mumbling something
about tramps.
Mother came in presently and sat down, but did not eat anything.
Joyce asked her why.
"Oh, I shall have some lunch when Joan comes," answered Mother. "I shan't be
hungry till then. Will you have some more, my pet?"
When Joyce had finished, they went out again to the wood to meet Joan when
she was brought back in custody. Mother walked quite slowly, looking all the
time as if she would like to run. Joyce held her hand and sometimes glanced up
at her face, so full of wonder and a sort of resentful doubt, as though
circumstances were playing an unmannerly trick on her. At the gate they came
across the boot-boy.
"I bin all acrost that way," said the boot-boy, pointing with his stumpy black
forefinger, "and then acrost that way, an' Mister Jenks" Jenks was the gardener
"'e've gone about in rings, 'e 'ave. And there ain't no sign nor token, mum, not a
sign there ain't."
From behind him sounded the voice of the gardener, thrashing among the trees.
"Miss Joan!" he roared. "Hi! Miss Jo-an! You're a-frightin' your Ma proper.
Where are ye, then?"
"Yes'm," said Walter. "If's she's in there us'll find her, soon or late."
He ran off, and presently his voice was joined to Jenks's, calling
Joan calling, calling, and getting no answer.
"Come," she said. "We'll walk round by the path, and you must tell me again
how it all happened. Did you really see something when Joan told you to look?"
"I expect I didn't," replied Joyce, dolefully. "But Joan's always saying there's a
fairy or something in the shadows, and I always think I see them for a moment."
"It couldn't have been a live woman or a man that you saw?"
"Oh, no!" Joyce was positive of that. Mother's hand tightened on hers
understandingly, and they went on in silence till they met Jenks.
Jenks was an oldish man with bushy grey whiskers, who never wore a coat, and
now he was wet to the loins with mud and water.
"That there ol' pond," he explained. "I've been an' took a look at her. Tromped
through her proper, I did, an' I'll go bail there ain't so much as a dead cat in all
the mud of her. Thish yer's a mistry, mum, an' no mistake."
Mother stared at him. "I can't bear this," she said suddenly. "You must go on
searching, Jenks, and Walter must go on his bicycle to the police station at once.
Call him, please!"
"Comin'!" answered the boot-boy, and burst forth from the bushes. In
swift, clear words, which no stupidity could mistake or forget,
Mother gave him his orders, spoken in a tone that meant urgency.
Walter went flying to execute them.
"Oh, Mother, where do you think Joan can be?" begged Joyce when Jenks had
gone off to resume his search:
"If there was wood-ladies, they wouldn't hurt a baby like Joan," suggested Joyce.
"Oh, who could hurt her!" cried Mother, and fell to calling again. Her voice, of
which each accent was music, alternated with the harsh roars of Jenks.
Walter on his bicycle must have hurried, in spite of his permanently punctured
front tire, for it was a very short time before bells rang in the steep lane from the
road and Superintendent Farrow himself wheeled his machine in at the gate,
massive and self-possessed, a blue-clad minister of comfort. He heard Mother's
tale, which embodied that of Joyce, with a half-smile lurking in his moustache
and his big chin creased back against his collar. Then he nodded, exactly as if he
saw through the whole business and could find Joan in a minute or two, and
propped his bicycle against the fence.
"I understand, then," he said, "that the little girl's been missing for rather more
than an hour. In that case, she can't have got far. I sent a couple o' constables
round the roads be'ind the wood before I started, an' now I'll just 'ave a look
through the wood myself."
"Thank you," said Mother. "I don't know why I'm so nervous, but—."
"Very natural, ma'am," said the big superintendent, comfortingly, and went with
them to the wood.
It was rather thrilling to go with him and watch him. Joyce and Mother had to
show him the place from which Joan had started and the spot at which she had
disappeared. He looked at them hard, frowning a little and nodding to himself,
and went stalking mightily among the ferns. "It was 'ere she went?" he inquired,
as he reached the dark path, and being assured that it was, he thrust in and
commenced his search. The pond seemed to give him ideas, which old Jenks
disposed of, and he marched on till he came out to the edge of the fields, where
the hay was yet uncut. Joan could not have crossed them without leaving a track
in the tall grass as clear as a cart-rut.
"We 'ave to consider the possibilities of the matter," said the superintendent.
"Assumin' that the wood 'as been thoroughly searched, where did she get out of
it?"
"Searched!" growled old Jenks. "There ain't a inch as I 'aven't searched an' seen,
not a inch."
"The kidnappin' the'ry," went on the superintendent, ignoring him and turning to
Mother, "I don't incline to. 'Owever, we must go to work in order, an' I'll 'ave my
men up 'ere and make sure of the wood. All gypsies an' tramps will be stopped
and interrogated. I don't think there's no cause for you to feel anxious, ma'am. I
'ope to 'ave some news for you in the course of the afternoon."
They watched him free-wheel down the lane and shoot round the corner.
"Oh, dear," said Mother, then: "Why doesn't the baby come? I wish
Daddy weren't away."
Now that the police had entered the affair Joyce felt that there remained nothing
to be done. Uniformed authority was in charge of events; it could not fail to find
Joan. She had a vision of the police at work, stopping straggling families of
tramps on distant by-roads, looking into the contents of their dreadful bundles,
flashing the official bull's eye lantern into the mysterious interior of gypsy
caravans, and making ragged men and slatternly women give an account of their
wanderings. No limits to which they would not go; how could they fail? She
wished their success seemed as inevitable to her mother as it did to her.
"They're sure to bring her back, Mother," she repeated.
"Oh, chick," said Mother, "I keep telling myself so. But I wish I wish."
"What, Mother?"
"I wish," said Mother in a sudden burst of speech, as if she were confessing
something that troubled her; "I wish you hadn't seen that wood-lady."
The tall young constables and the plump fatherly sergeant annoyed old Jenks by
searching the wood as though he had done nothing. It was a real search this time.
Each of them took a part of the ground and went over it as though he were
looking for a needle which had been lost, and no fewer than three of them trod
every inch of the bottom of the Secret Pond. They took shovels and opened up
an old fox's earth; and a sad-looking man in shabby plain clothes arrived and
walked about smoking a pipe a detective! Up from the village, too, came the big
young curate and the squire's two sons, civil and sympathetic and eager to be
helpful; they all thought it natural that Mother should be anxious, but refused to
credit for an instant that anything could have happened to Joyce.
"That baby!" urged the curate. "Why, my dear lady, Joan is better known
hereabouts than King George himself. No one could take her a mile without
having to answer questions. I don't know what's keeping her, but you may be
sure she's all right."
"Course she is," chorused the others, swinging their sticks lightheartedly.
"'Course she's all right."
"Get her for me, then," said Mother. "I don't want to be silly, and you're awfully
good. But I must have her; I must have her. I, I want her."
The squire's sons turned as if on an order and went towards the wood. The curate
lingered a moment. He was a huge youth, an athlete and a gentleman, and his
hard clean-shaven face could be kind and serious.
"We're sure to get her," he said in lower tones. "And you must help us with your
faith and courage. Can you?"
A little later in the afternoon came Colonel Warden, the lord and master of all the
police in the county, a gay trim soldier whom the children knew and liked. With
him, in his big automobile, were more policemen and a pair of queer liver-
colored dogs, all baggy skin and bleary eyes bloodhounds! Joyce felt that this
really must settle it. Actual living bloodhounds would be more than a match for
Joan. Colonel Warden was sure of it too.
"Saves time," he was telling Mother in his high snappy voice. "Shows us which
way she's gone, you know. Best hounds in the country, these two; never known
'em fail yet."
The dogs were limp and quiet as he led them through the wood, strange ungainly
mechanisms which a whiff of a scent could set in motion. A pinafore, which
Joan had worn at breakfast, was served to them for an indication of the work
they had to do; they snuffed at it languidly for some seconds. Then the colonel
unleashed them.
They smelled round and about like any other dogs for a while, till one of them
lifted his great head and uttered a long moaning cry. Then, noses down, the men
running behind them, they set off across the ferns. Mother, still holding Joyce's
hand, followed. The hounds made a straight line for the wood at the point at
which Joan had entered it, slid in like frogs into water, while the men dodged
and crashed after them. Joyce and Mother came up with them at a place where
the bushes stood back, enclosing a little quiet space of turf that lay open to the
sky. The hounds were here, one lying down and scratching himself, the other
nosing casually and clearly without interest about him.
"Dash it all," the colonel was saying; "she can't she simply can't have been
kidnapped in a balloon."
They tried the hounds again and again, always with the same result. They ran
their line to the same spot unhesitatingly, and then gave up as though the scent
went no farther. Nothing could induce them to hunt beyond it.
"I can't understand this," said Colonel Warden, dragging at his moustache. "This
is queer." He stood glancing, around him as though the shrubs and trees had
suddenly become enemies.
The search was still going on when the time came for Joyce to go to bed. It had
spread from the wood across the fields, reinforced by scores of sturdy
volunteers, and automobiles had puffed away to thread the mesh of little lanes
that covered the countryside. Joyce found it all terribly exciting. Fear for Joan
she felt not at all.
"I know inside myself," she told Mother, "right down deep in the middle of me,
that Joan's all right."
"Bless you, my chick," said poor Mother. "I wish I could feel like that. Go to bed
now, like a good girl."
There was discomfort in the sight of Joan's railed cot standing empty in the night
nursery, but Joyce was tired and had scarcely begun to be touched by it before
she was asleep. She had a notion that during the night Mother came in more than
once, and she had a vague dream, too, all about Joan and wood-ladies, of which
she could not remember much when she woke up. Joan was always dressed first
in the morning, being the younger of the pair, but now there was no Joan, and
Nurse was very gentle with Joyce and looked tired and as if she had been crying.
Mother was not to be seen that morning; she had been up all night, "till she
broke down, poor thing," said Nurse, and Joyce was bidden to amuse herself
quietly in the nursery. But Mother was about again at lunch time when Joyce
went down to the dining room. She was very pale and her eyes looked black and
deep, and somehow t she seemed suddenly smaller and younger, more nearly
Joyce's age, than ever before. They kissed each other, and the child would have
tried to comfort.
"No," said Mother, shaking her head. "No dear. Don't let's be sorry for each other
yet. It would be like giving up hope. And we haven't done that, have we?"
After lunch again Mother said she wouldn't be hungry till Joan came home they
went out together. There were no searchers now in the wood and the garden was
empty; the police had left no inch unscanned and they were away, combing the
countryside and spreading terror among the tramps. The sun was strong upon the
lawn, and the smell of the roses was heavy on the air; across the hedge, the land
rolled away to clear perspectives of peace and beauty.
"Let's walk up and down," suggested Mother. "Anything's better than sitting still.
And don't talk, chick not just now."
They paced the length of the lawn, from the cedar to the gate which led to the
wood, perhaps a dozen times, hand in hand and in silence. It was while their
backs were turned to the wood that they heard the gate click, and faced about to
see who was coming. A blue-sleeved arm thrust the gate open, and there
advanced into the sunlight, coming forth from the shadow as from a doorway
Joan! Her round baby face, with the sleek brown hair over it, the massive
infantile body, the sturdy bare legs, confronted them serenely. Mother uttered a
deep sigh it sounded like that and in a moment she was kneeling on the ground
with her arms round the baby.
"Joan, Joan," she said over and over again. "My little, little baby!"
Joan struggled in her embrace till she got an arm free, and then rubbed her eyes
drowsily.
"But where have you been?" cried Mother. "Baby-girl, where have you been all
this time?"
Joan made a motion of her head and her free arm towards the wood, the wood
which had been searched a dozen times over like a pocket. "In there," she
answered carelessly. "Wiv the wood-ladies. I'm hungry!"
"My darling!" said Mother, and picked her up and carried her into the house.
In the dining-room, with Mother at her side and Joyce opposite to her, Joan fell
to her food in her customary workmanlike fashion, and between helpings
answered questions in a fashion which only served to darken the mystery of her
absence.
"There is," said Joan. "There's lots. They wanted to keep me but I wouldn't stay.
So I comed home, 'cause I was hungry."
"But," began Mother. "Where did they take you to?" she asked.
"I don't know," said Joan. "The one what I went to speak to gave me her hand
and tooked me to where there was more of them. It was a place in the wood wiv
grass to sit on and bushes all round, and they gave me dead flowers to play wiv.
Howwid old dead flowers!"
"There was anuvver little girl there," went on Joan. "Not a wood-lady but a girl
like me, what they'd tooked from somewhere. She was wearing a greeny sort of
dress like they was, and they wanted me to put one on too. But I wouldn't."
"Listen to me, darling," said Mother. "Didn't these people whom you call wood-
ladies take you away out of the wood? We searched the whole wood, you know,
and you weren't there at all."
"I was," said Joan. "I was there all the time, an' I heard Walter an' Jenks calling. I
cocked a snook at them an' the wood-ladies laughed like leaves rustling."
"I didn't sleep," said Joan, grasping her spoon anew. "I'se very sleepy now."
She was asleep as soon as they laid her in bed, and Mother and Joyce looked at
each other across her cot, above her rosy and unconscious face.
"God help us," said Mother in a whisper. "What is the truth of this?"
There was never any answer, any hint of a solution, save Joan's. And she, as
soon as she discovered that her experiences amounted to an adventure, began to
embroider them, and now she does not even know herself. She has reached the
age of seven, and it is long since she has believed in anything so childish as
wood-ladies.
IV
A MAN BEFORE THE MAST
In Tom Mowbray's boarding-house, the sailors who sat upon the narrow benches
round the big room ceased their talk as the door opened and Tom Mowbray
himself entered from the street. The men in the room, for all the dreary stiffness
of their shore-clothes, carried upon their faces, in their hands shaped to the rasp
of ropes, in every attitude of their bodies, the ineradicable hall-mark of the sea
which was the arena of their lives; they salted the barren place with its vigor and
pungency. Pausing within the door, Tom Mowbray sent his pale inexpressive
glance flickering along the faces they turned towards him.
There was a murmur of reply from the men; they watched him warily, knowing
that he was not genial for nothing. He was a man of fifty or more, bloated in
body, with an immobile grey face and a gay white moustache that masked his
gross and ruthless mouth. He was dressed like any other successful merchant,
bulging waistcoat, showy linen and all; the commodity in which he dealt was the
flesh and blood of seamen, and his house was eminent among those which
helped the water-front of San Francisco "the Barbary Coast," as sailors call it to
its unholy fame. He stood among the sunburnt, steady-eyed seamen like a fungus
in fresh grass.
"An' now, who's for a good ship?" he inquired. There was a sort of mirth in his
voice as he spoke. "Good wages, good grub, an' a soft job. Don't all of ye speak
at once."
The sailors eyed him warily. From the end of the room a white-haired
American looked up wryly.
"Name?" Tom Mowbray kept his countenance, though the name was the cream
of the joke. He paused, watching the faces of those who had been ashore a week
and were due to ship again when he should give the word. "Oh, you don't want
to be scared of her name; her name's all right. She's the Etna."
Somebody laughed, and Tom Mowbray gave him an approving glance; the
others interchanged looks. The Etna had a reputation familiar to seamen and a
nickname too; they called her the "Hell-packet." Of all the tall and beautiful
ships which maintained their smartness and their beauty upon the agony of
wronged and driven seamen, the Etna was the most terrible, a blue-water
penitentiary, a floating place of torment. To enhance the strange terror of her, the
bitter devil who was her captain carried his wife on board; the daily brutalities
that made her infamous went on under the eyes and within the hearing of a
woman; it added a touch of the grotesque to what was otherwise fearful enough.
"Well, who's for it?" he inquired. "Ain't there none of you that wants a good ship
like that Noo York an' back here, an' eighteen dollars a month? Well, I s'pose I'll
have to take my pick of yer."
They knew he had proposed the matter to them only in mockery of their
helplessness; they were at his mercy, and those he selected would have to go. He
would secure an advance of three months of their wages as payment for their
week or so of board; and they would desert penniless in New York to escape the
return voyage. There was no remedy; it was almost a commonplace risk of their
weary lives so commonplace a risk that of all those men, accustomed to peril and
violence, there was none to rise and drive a fist into his sleek face. But, from the
back of the room, one, nursing a crossed knee, with his pipe in his mouth, spoke
with assurance.
Tom Mowbray's heavy brows lowered a little; he surveyed the speaker. It was a
young man, sitting remote from the windows, whose face, in the shadows of the
big, bare room, showed yet a briskness of coloring. His name Tom remembered
it with an effort was Goodwin, Daniel Goodwin; he had been paid off from a
"limejuicer" little more than a week before.
It was defiance, it was insult; but Tom Mowbray could stand that. He smoothed
out his countenance, watching while the young man's neighbor on the bench
nudged him warningly.
"Well, I gotta find a crowd for her," he said in tones of resignation. "I dunno how
I'm goin' to do it, though."
He sighed, the burlesque sigh of a fat man pitying himself, and passed through
the room to the door at the far end. Not till it had closed behind him did talk
resume. A man who had been three weeks ashore leant back against the wall and
let his breath escape in a sigh, which was not burlesque. For him there was no
hope; he was as much doomed as if a judge had pronounced sentence on him.
"Oh, hell!" he said. "Wonder if he'll let me have a dollar to get a drink 'fore I go
aboard of her?"
The others turned their eyes on him curiously; whatever happened to them, he
was a man who would sail in the Etna; already he was isolated and tragic.
The neighbor who had nudged young Goodwin nudged him again.
"Come out," he breathed into the ear that the young man bent towards him.
"Come out; I want to speak t' ye."
In the street, the mean cobbled street of the Barbary Coast, the man who nudged
took Goodwin by the arm and spoke urgently.
"Say, ain't ye got no sense?" he demanded. "Talkin' like that to Tom Mowbray!
Don't ye know that's the way to fix him to ship ye aboard the 'Hell-packet?'"
"He can't ship me aboard any 'Hell-packet,'" answered Goodwin serenely. "When
I ship, I ship myself, an' I pay my board in cash. There ain't any advance note to
be got out o' me."
The other halted and drew Goodwin to halt, facing him at the edge of the
sidewalk, where a beetle-browed saloon projected its awning above them. Like
Goodwin, he was young and brown; but unlike Goodwin there was a touch of
sophistication, of daunting experience, in the seriousness of his face. The two
had met and chummed after the fashion of sailors, who make and lose their
friends as the hazard of the hour directs.
Goodwin smiled. "Maybe I don't know Tom Mowbray," he said; "but it's a sure
thing Tom Mowbray don't know me. Come on an' have a drink, Jim. This thing
of the Etna it's settled. Come on!"
He led the way into the saloon beside them; Jim, growling warningly, followed
him.
At twenty-six, it was Goodwin's age, one should be very much a man. One's
moustache is confirmed in its place; one has the stature and muscle of a man, a
man's tenacity and resistance, while the heart of boyishness still pulses in one's
body. It is the age at which capacity is the ally of impulse, when heart and hand
go paired in a perfect fraternity. One is as sure of oneself as a woman of thirty,
and with as much and as little reason. Goodwin, when he announced that he, at
any rate, would not be one of the crew of the Etna, spoke out of a serene
confidence in himself. He knew himself for a fine seaman and a reasonably fine
human being; he had not squandered his wages, and he did not mean to be
robbed of his earnings when he shipped himself again. It was his first visit to San
Francisco; the ports he knew were not dangerous to a man who took care of
himself, who was not a drunkard, and would fight at need. He showed as
something under six feet tall, long in the limb and moving handily, with eyes of
an angry blue in a face tanned russet by wind and sun.
In the saloon he laughed down Jim's instances of Tom Mowbray's treachery and
cunning, lounging with an elbow on the bar, careless and confident under the
skeptical eyes of the white-jacketed barman.
"I reckon Tom Mowbray knows when he's safe," he said. "Why, if he was to do
any o' them things to me I'd get him if I had to dig for him. Yes, sir!"
From thence the course of events ran as anyone familiar with the Barbary Coast
might have prophesied. They returned to the boarding-house for supper and
joined their fellows at the long table in the back room, and were waited on by
Tom Mowbray's "runners." Mowbray himself, with his scared, lean wife and his
wife's crippled brother, had a table apart from the men; as he ate he entertained
himself by baiting the unhappy cripple, till the broken man stammered tearfully
across the table at him, shaking and grimacing in a nervous frenzy, which Tom
Mowbray always found comical. The woman between them sat with her eyes
downcast and her face bitter and still; they made a picture of domesticity at
which the sailors stared in a fascination of perplexity, while the hard-faced
"runners" in their shirt-sleeves carried the plates to and from the kitchen, and the
ritual of the evening meal proceeded to its finish.
If there was in Goodwin a quality more salient than his youthful force and his
trust in his own capacity, it was the manner he had of seeing absorbedly the men
and things that presented themselves to his eyes, so that even in dull and trivial
matters he gathered strong impressions and vivid memories. The three people at
the little table made a group from which, while he ate, he could not withdraw his
eyes. The suffering passivity of the woman, the sly, sinister humor in Tom
Mowbray's heavy, grey face, the livid and impotent hate that frothed in the
crippled man, and his strange jerky gestures, the atmosphere of nightmare
cruelty and suffering that enveloped them like a miasma these bit themselves
into his imagination and left it sore. He saw and tasted nothing of what he ate
and drank; he was lost in watching the three at the other table; the man who
refilled his cup with coffee winked across his head to one of the others as though
in mirth at his abstraction.
In the ordinary way he would have gone for a walk up-town with his friend after
supper; but he was not in a mood for company that evening and found himself
sleepy besides. He went upstairs to the bedroom he shared with two other men to
get some tobacco he had there, and discovered in himself so strong an inclination
to slumber that he decided to go to bed forthwith. He lit his pipe and sat down on
his bed to take his boots off. He had one boot unlaced but still on his foot when
his pipe dropped from his lips. Across his drugged and failing brain there
flickered for an instant the blurred shape of a suspicion.
"What's the matter with me?" he half cried; and tried to rise to his feet.
He knew he had failed to stand up and had fallen back on the bed. With his last
faculties he resisted the tides of darkness that rushed in upon him; then his grasp
upon consciousness loosened and his face, which had been knitted in effort,
relaxed. When half an hour later Tom Mowbray and two of his "runners" came
to find him, he lay, scarcely breathing, in the appearance of a profound and
natural sleep.
It was thirty-six hours later when a vague consciousness of pain, growing upon
his poisoned nerves, sharpened to a climax, and he opened his eyes, lying where
he found himself without moving. It took him some minutes before he brought
his mind into co-ordination with his senses to realize what he saw. Then it was
plain to him that he was lying upon the bare slats of a bunk in the narrow
forecastle of a ship. Its door, hooked open, made visible a slice of sunlit deck and
a wooden rail beyond it, from which the gear of the foremast slanted up. Within
the forecastle only three of the bunks contained mattresses and blankets, and
there was no heave and sway under him to betoken a ship under sail in a seaway.
Slowly the sailor within him asserted itself. "This hooker's at anchor!"
His head ached, his skin and his mouth were parched as if by a fever. Stiffly he
swung himself over the edge of his bunk and went on feet that were numb and
uncertain through the door to the deck. He was sore all over from lying on the
bare slats of the bunk, and the dregs of the drug still clogged his mind and
muscles; but like the flame in a foul lantern there burned in him the fires of
anger.
He cast his eyes aft over the ship on which he found himself, summing her up
with an automatic expertness. An American ship, it was plain, and a three-
skysail-yarder at that, with a magnificent stature and spread of spars. Abeam of
her San Francisco basked along its shore; she was at an anchor well out in the
bay. What ship was it that he had viewed from a dock-head lying just there? The
answer was on his lips even before his eyes discovered the boat she carried on
top of the fo'c'sle, with her name lettered upon it. Tom Mowbray had proved his
power by shanghaiing him aboard the Etna!
He said nothing: the situation was beyond mere oaths, but wrath surged in him
like a flood.
Around the for'ard house, walking with measured steps, came Mr. Fant, the mate
of the Etna, and accosted him.
"That's right," said Mr. Fant, smiling, surveying him with an appearance of
gentle interest. "Knock-out drops?" he inquired.
"Ah!" Mr. Fant shook his head. "Well, you're all right now," he said.
"Stick yer head in a bucket an' ye'll be ready to turn to."
Mr. Fant had his share in the fame of the Etna; he was a part of her character.
Goodwin, though his mind still moved slowly, eyed him intently, gauging the
man's strange and masked quality, probing the mildness of his address for the
thing it veiled. He saw the mate of the Etna as a spare man of middle-age, who
would have been tall but for the stoop of his shoulders. His shaven face was
constricted primly; he had the mouth of an old maid, and stood slack-bodied
with his hands sunk in the pockets of his jacket. Only the tightness of his clothes
across his chest and something sure and restrained in his gait as he walked hinted
of the iron thews that governed his lean body; and, while he spoke in the accents
of an easy civility, his stony eyes looked on Goodwin with an unblinking and
remorseless aloofness. It was not hard to imagine him, when the Etna, with her
crew seduced or drugged to man her, should be clear of soundings and the
business of the voyage put in shape, when every watch on deck would be a
quaking ordeal of fear and pain, and every watch below an interval for mere
despair.
"I haven't signed on, sir," he protested. "I've been shanghaied here.
This ain't."
He spoke as mildly as ever and yet was menacing and terrible. But
Goodwin was insistent.
Mr. Fant turned to go aft. "You get yer head into a bucket," he counselled.
"Hurry up, now. There's work waitin' to be done."
"Eh!" Mr. Fant's voice was still mild as he uttered the exclamation, but before
Goodwin could repeat himself he had moved. As if some spring in him had been
released from tension, the mild and prim Mr. Fant whirled on his heel, and a fist
took Goodwin on the edge of the jaw and sent him gasping and clucking on to
his back; while, with the precision of a movement rehearsed and practiced, Mr.
Fant's booted foot swung forward and kicked him into the scuppers. He lay there
on his back, looking up in an extremity of terror and astonishment at the
unmoved face of the mate.
"Get up, Smith," commanded Mr. Fant. Goodwin obeyed, scarcely conscious of
the pain in his face and flank in the urgency of the moment. "Now you get the
bucket, same as I told you, and when you've freshened yourself come aft an' I'll
start you on a job. See?"
"Aye, aye, sir," responded Goodwin mechanically, and started for-ard. The Etna
had absorbed him into her system; he was initiated already to his role of a driven
beast; but tenacious as an altar fire there glowed yet within him the warmth of
his anger against Tom Mowbray. It was secret, beyond the reach of Mr. Fant's
fist; the fist was only another item in Tom Mowbray's debt.
From his place on the crossjack-yard, to which Mr. Fant sent him, Goodwin had
presently a view of the captain's wife. She came to the poop from the cabin
companion-way and leaned for a while on the taffrail, seeming to gaze at the
town undulating over the hills, dwarfed by the distance. It was when she turned
to go down again that Goodwin had a full view of her face, bleak and rigid, with
greying hair drawn tightly back from the temples, as formal and blank as the
face of a clock. It was told of her that she would sit knitting in her chair by the
mizzen fife-rail while at the break of the poop a miserable man was being
trodden and beaten out of the likeness of humanity and never lift her head nor
shift her attitude for all his cries and struggles. It was her presence aboard that
touched the man-slaughtering Etna with her quality of the macabre.
"But she won't see me broken up," swore Goodwin to himself as her head
vanished in the hood of the companion. "No not if I've got to set the damn ship
alight!"
He made the acquaintance, when work was over for the day, of his fellows in ill-
fortune, the owners of the three occupied bunks in the forecastle. As if the Etna
had laid herself out to starve him of every means of comfort, they proved to be
"Dutchmen" that is to say, Teutons of one nationality or another and therefore,
by sea-canons, his inferiors, incapable of sharing his feelings and not to be
trusted with his purpose. One question, however, they were able to answer
satisfactorily. It had occurred to him that since even Tom Mowbray could only
get men for the Etna by drugging them, her officers would probably take special
precautions to guard against desertion.
"Do they lock us in here at night?" he asked of the three of them when they sat at
supper in the port fo'c'sle.
They stared at him uncomprehendingly. For them, helots of the sea, the Etna's
terrors were nothing out of the way; all ships used them harshly; life itself was
harsh enough. Their bland blond faces were stupid and amiable.
"Log us in!" answered one of them. "No! For what shall they log us in?"
"That's all right, then," said Goodwin and let them continue to stare at him,
ruminating his reasons for the question.
There was a fourth "Dutchman" who slumbered through the day in the starboard
fo'c'sle and sat all night in the galley, in the exercise of his functions as night-
watchman. His lamp shed a path of light from the galley door to the rail when,
his fellows in the fo'c'sle being, audibly asleep, Goodwin rose from his bunk and
came forth to the deck. Far away, across the level waters of the great bay, the
lights of the city made an illumination against the background of the night;
overhead there was a sky bold with stars; the Etna floated mute in a rustle of
moving waters. There were no ships near her; only now and again a towboat
racing up from the Golden Gates went by with the noise of a breaking wave on a
steep shore. In the break of the poop there showed the light of Mr. Fant's
window, where he lay in his bunk, relaxing his grisly official personality with a
book and a cigar.
In deft haste Goodwin stepped to the fore side of the fo'c'sle, where he would be
hidden should the watchman take a fancy to look out of his galley. In him a
single emotion was constant: he had a need to find Tom Mowbray. It was more
than an idea or a passion: it was like the craving of a drug maniac for his poison.
The shore that blinked at him across the black waters was not inaccessible under
the impulse of that lust of anger; he was at all times a strong swimmer. Under
shelter of the deckhouse he stripped his clothes and made of them it was only his
shirt and trousers a bundle which the belt that carried his sheath-knife fastened
upon his head, descending under his chin like a helmet-strap. With infinite
precaution to be unheard he went in this trim across the deck to the rail.
The Etna's chain-plates were broad as a frigate's; he had but to let himself down
carefully and he was in the water without a splash. A dozen strokes took him
clear of her, and presently he paused, up-ending and treading water, to look back
at her. She stood up over her anchors like a piece of architecture, poising like a
tower; the sailor in him paid tribute to the builders who had conceived her
beauty. They had devised a ship: it needed Mr. Fant and his colleagues to
degrade her into a sea-going prophet and give aptness to her by-name of "Hell-
packet." He was clear of her now; he might fail to reach the shore and drown, but
at least the grey woman aft would never see his humiliation and defeat. He
turned over, setting his face to the waterside lights of the city, and struck out.
It was a long swim, and it was fortunate for him that he took the water on the
turn of the tide, so that where the tail of the ebb set him down the first of the
flood bore him back. The stimulus of the chill and the labor of swimming
cleared the poison from his body and brain; he swam steadily, with eyes fixed on
the lights beading the waterside and mind clenched on the single purpose to find
Tom Mowbray, to deal with him, to satisfy the anger which ached in him like a
starved appetite. How he would handle him, what he would do with him, when
he found him, did not occupy his thoughts; it was a purpose and not a plan which
was taking him ashore. He had the man's pursy large face for ever in his
consciousness; the vision of it was a spur, an exasperation; he found himself
swimming furiously, wasting strength, in the thought of encountering it.
Good luck and not calculation brought him ashore on the broadside of the
Barbary Coast, in a small dock where a Norwegian barque lay slumbering
alongside the wharf. Her watchman, if she had one, was not in sight; it was upon
her deck that he dressed himself, fumbling hurriedly into the shirt and trousers
which he had failed, after all, to keep dry. He jerked his belt tight about him and
felt the sheath-knife which it carried pressing against his back. He reached back
and slid it round to his right side, where his hand would drop on it easily; it
might chance that before the night was over he would need a weapon.
He had no notion of the hour nor of the length of time he had been in the water.
As he passed bare-footed from the wharf he was surprised to find the shabby
street empty under its sparse lamps. It lay between its mean houses vacant and
unfamiliar in its quietude; it seemed to him as though the city waited in a
conscious hush till he should have done what he had come to do. His bare feet
on the sidewalk slapped and shuffled, and he hurried along close to the walls; the
noise he made, for all his caution, appeared to him monstrous, enough to wake
the sleepers in the houses and draw them to their windows to see the man who
was going to find Tom Mowbray.
An alley between gapped and decrepit board fences brought him to the back of
the house he sought; he swung himself into the unsavory back yard of it without
delaying to seek for the gate. The house was over him, blank and lightless, its
roof a black heap against the night sky. He paused to look up at it. He was still
without any plan; not even now did he feel the need of one. To go in to break in,
if that were the quickest way to stamp his stormy way up the room where Tom
Mowbray was sleeping, to wrench him from his bed and then let loose the
maniac fury that burned within him all that was plain to do. He cast a glance at
the nearest window, and then it was that the door of the house opened.
He was standing to one side, a dozen paces from it; a single, noiseless step took
him to the wall, against which he backed, screened by the darkness, and waited
to see who would come forth. A figure appeared and lingered in the doorway,
and he caught the sibilance of a whisper, and immediately upon it a dull noise of
tapping, as though someone beat gently and slowly against the door with a
clenched hand. It was a noise he had heard before; his faculties strained
themselves to identify it. Then a second figure appeared, smaller than the first,
moving with a strange gait, and he knew. It was the cripple, Mowbray's brother-
in-law, and it was his leather-shod crutch which had tapped on the floor of the
passage. The two figures moved down the yard together, and presently, as they
passed from the shadow of the house and came within the feeble light of a lamp
that burned at the mouth of the alley, he saw that the taller of the two was Tom
Mowbray's wife. They found the gate in the fence and opened it, manifestly
hesitating at the strident creaking it made, and passed through. At no moment
were they clear to see, but to Goodwin's eyes their very gait was in some way
expressive of a tragic solemnity that clad them.
He remained silent in his place as they went along the alley towards the street,
passing him at arm's length on the other side of the fence. Their footsteps were
muffled on the unpaved ground of the alley, but there was another noise which
he heard the noise of the woman weeping weeping brokenly and openly. Then
the cripple's harsh, hopeless voice spoke.
The woman checked her sobs to answer. "Yes, honey," she replied.
Goodwin waited till the tapping of the crutch had receded. "So they've quit him
at last," he reflected. "And" he stepped forth from his hiding place briskly
"they've left the door open. Now for Tom Mowbray!"
Once within the door he was no longer careful to be silent. The house was dark,
and he had to grope his way to the stairs, or he would have run at and up them at
the top of his speed. The place seemed full of doors closed upon sleeping people;
someone on an upper floor was. snoring with the noise of a man strangling. He
moved among them awkwardly, but he knew which was the room that harbored
his man. The door of it was before him at last. He fumbled and found the handle.
His vision of vengeance had shown him the room that was to be its arena, but
this room was dark and he could not see it. He had not allowed for that. He
swore as the door swung to behind him.
"Mowbray!" he called. "Mowbray, you blasted robber! Wake up an' get what's
comin' to you!"
There was no answering stir to tell him the direction in which to spring with
hands splayed for the grapple. The room had a strange stillness; in spite of
himself he held his breath to listen for Tom Mowbray's breathing. His right arm
brushed the hilt of his sheath-knife as he stood, tense and listening. There was no
sound of breathing, but there was something.
It was like the slow tick of a very quiet clock, measured and persistent. He could
not make it out.
"Mowbray!" he called once more, and the only answer was that pat-a-pat that
became audible again when he ceased to call.
"I bet I'll wake you," he said, and stepped forward feeling before him with his
hands. They found the surface of a table, struck and knocked over a glass that
stood upon it, and found a box of matches. "Ah!" grunted Goodwin
triumphantly.
The match-flame languished ere it stood steady and let the room be seen.
Goodwin had passed the bed and was standing with his back to it. With the
match in his fingers and his eyes dazzled by its light, he turned and approached
it. The face of Mowbray showed wide-open eyes at him from the pillow. The
bedclothes lay across his chest; one arm hung over the edge of the bed with the
hand loose and limp. And above his neck his night-clothes and the linen of the
bed were sodden and dreadful with blood that had flowed from a frightful wound
in the throat. What had sounded like the ticking of a clock was now the noise of
its dripping. "Drip!" it went; "drip-drip!"
"Hell!" cried Goodwin, and out of the darkness panic swooped on him.
There was a moment when he tried to find the door and could not, alone in the
blackness of the room with the murdered man. He caught at himself desperately
to save himself from screaming, and found the matchbox was in his hand. He
failed to light two matches, standing off the lunatic terror that threatened him.
Somewhere out of sight he knew that Tom Mowbray's eyes were open. The third
match fired and he had the door by the handle. It restored him like a grip of a
friendly hand.
He was able to pause in the door while the match burned and his mind raced.
There leaped to the eye of his imagination the two stricken figures he had seen
slinking from the house, the weeping of the woman, the muffled tap of the man's
crutch. There followed, in an inevitable sequence, the memory of them in their
torment as they sat at meat with Tom Mowbray.
"I wonder which o' them done it?" he thought, and shuddered. Where he stood he
could see the still face of the dead man, with its shape of power and pride
overcast now by the dreadful meekness of the dead. He could not pursue the
thought, for another came up to drive it from his mind.
To think of it was enough. Drawing the door to behind him he went down the
stairs. He had been careless of noise in ascending; now each creak of the warped
boards was an agony. The snorer had turned over in bed; the awful house had a
graveyard stillness. He held his breath till he was clear of it and again in the
hushed and empty street.
"The Etna for mine, if I can make it," he breathed to himself as he went at a run
in the shadow of the silent houses. "God! If anyone was to see me!"
And thus it was that the first pallor of dawn beheld the incredible and
unprecedented sight of an able seaman, with his clothes strapped upon his head,
swimming at peril of his life in San Francisco bay, to get aboard of the "Hell-
packet."
V
THE GIRL
The little mission hall showed to the shabby waterside street of Jersey City its
humble face of brick and the modest invitation of its open door, from which at
intervals there overflowed the sudden music of a harmonium within. Goodwin,
ashore for the evening, with the empty hours of his leisure weighing on him like
a burden, heard that music rise about him, as he moved along the saloon-dotted
sidewalk, with something of the mild surprise of a swimmer who passes out of a
cold into a warm current. For lack of anything better to do, he had been upon the
point of returning to his ship, where she lay in her dock. He had not spoken to a
soul since he had come ashore at sundown, and the simple music was like a
friendly prompting. He hesitated a moment for he was not a frequenter of
missions then turned in at the entrance of the hall.
The music of the harmonium and of the voices that sang with it seemed to swell
at him as he pushed open the swing door and tiptoed in toward a back seat,
careful to be noiseless. But there were heads that turned, none the less heads of
tame sailors from the ships, for whose service the mission struggled to exist, and
a few sleek faces of shore folk; and, on the low platform at the upper end of the
hall, the black-coated, whiskered missioner who presided over the gathering
craned his neck to look at the new-comer, without ceasing to sing with vigor. It
was, in short, such a meeting as an idle sailor might drop in upon in any one of a
hundred ports. Goodwin recognized the very atmosphere of it its pervading spirit
of a mild and very honest geniality, the peculiar nasal tone of its harmonium, and
the timidity of the singing. Standing in his place in the back row of seats, he was
going on to identify it at further points, when he felt a touch on his arm.
A tall girl was offering him a little red, paper-covered hymn-book, open at the
hymn that was then being sung, her ungloved finger pointing him the very verse
and line. He did not at once take it. She had come upon him surprisingly, and
now, while he stared at her, he was finding her surprising in herself. Under the
brim of her hat her face showed gentle and soft, with something of a special
kindliness; and, because others were watching her, she had a little involuntary
smile of embarrassment.
She glanced up at him shyly, and let her eyes fall before his. The finger with
which she pointed him the place on the page seemed to Goodwin, whose hands
were like hoofs for callousness and size, exquisite and pathetic in its pink
slenderness. It was not merely that she was beautiful and feminine in that
moment Goodwin could not have been positive that she was beautiful but a dim
allurement, a charm made up of the grace of her bowed head, her timid gesture
of proffering him the book, her nearness, and her fragile delicacy of texture,
enhanced and heightened the surprise of her.
"Gosh!" breathed Goodwin, unthinking; then, "Thank you, miss," as he took the
hymn-book from her.
She smiled once more, and went back to her place at the farther end of the row
of seats in front of Goodwin's, where he could still see her. He found himself
staring at her in a sort of perplexity; she had revealed herself to him with a
suddenness that gave her a little the quality of an apparition. The bend of her
head above her book brought to view, between the collar of her coat and her soft
brown hair, a gleam of white nape that fascinated him; she was remote, ethereal,
wondrously delicate and mysterious. He sprawled in his place, when the hymn
was over, with an arm over the back of his seat, intent merely to see her and
slake the appetite of his eyes.
"She's she's a looker, all right!" He had a need to make some comment upon this
uplifting experience of his, and this was the best he could do.
He had come in late sailors' missions are used to late-comers and early-goers and
it was not long before the simple service came to a close and the meeting began
to break up. Goodwin took his cap and rose, watching the tall girl as she went
forward to join a couple of older women. The black-coated man came down
from the platform and made his way toward Goodwin, amiable intentions visibly
alight in his whiskered face.
"Haven't seen you here before," he said at Goodwin's elbow. "What ship d'you
belong to?"
Goodwin, recalled to himself, looked down into the kindly, narrow face of the
missioner. He himself was tall, a long-limbed young man, with a serious, darkly
tanned face in which the blue of the eyes showed up strongly; and in his bearing
and the fashion of his address there was a touch of that arrogance which men
acquire who earn their bread at the hourly hazard of their lives.
"Oh, I just dropped in," he said awkwardly. "I belong to th' Etna, lyin' in the
dock down yonder."
Goodwin nodded, and considered the face upturned toward his own innocent,
benevolent, middle-aged, worn, too, with hopes and disappointments, yet
unscarred by such bitter knowledge as men gained early aboard the Etna.
"It's an ugly name," he said; "but maybe she deserves it. An' so you saw our door
open and just stepped in? It's always open in the evenin's and on Sundays, an'
we'll always be glad to see you. Now, I'd like to make you acquainted with one
of our young ladies, so's you won't feel you're a stranger, eh? An' then maybe
you'll come again."
Goodwin turned, looked to see whom he summoned, and forthwith dropped his
cap, so that he was bent double to pick it up when the young lady, the tall girl
who had offered him the hymn-book, arrived. He came upright again face to face
with her, abandoned by his faculties, a mere sop of embarrassment before the
softness of her eyes and the smile of her lips.
The missioner's official voice brayed between them benevolently. Goodwin had
a momentary sense that there was a sort of indecency in thus trumpeting forth
the introduction; it should have been done solemnly, gracefully, like a ceremony.
"Miss James," said the missioner noisily, "here's a friend that's visitin' us for the
first time. Now, I want you to persuade him to come again, an' tell him he'll be
welcome just as often as he likes to come an' see us. His name's, er."
The missioner shook his hand warmly, putting eloquence into the shake. He cut
it short to intercept a brace of seamen who were making for the door. Goodwin
saw him bustle up and detain them with his greeting: "Haven't seen you here
before. What ship d'you belong to?" Then he turned back to the girl.
He had been eager to hear her speak. She had a voice with shadows in it, a violin
voice. Goodwin, relishing it like an apt gift, could only tell himself that it fitted
and completed that strange effect she had of remoteness and unreality.
He told her, and she went on with her conventional string of questions to make
talk, to carry out the missioner's purpose in summoning her. The danger of
seafaring, the strangeness of life in ships, the charm of travel she went through
the whole list, getting answers as conventional as her queries. He was watching
her, taking pleasure in her quality and aspect; and at last he saw, with a small
thrill, that she was watching him likewise.
If he had been a vainer man, he might have been aware that he, in his way, was
as well worth looking at as she in hers. He was big and limber, in the full
ripeness of his youth, sunburned and level-eyed. His life in ships had marked
him as plainly as a branding-iron. There was present in him that air which men
have, secret yet visible, who know familiarly the unchanging horizons, the
strange dawns, the tempest-pregnant skies of the sea. For the girl he was as
unaccountable as she for him.
Her face seemed to shape itself naturally to a smile; she smiled now.
"I can't come every night," she answered; "but I come pretty often.
I, I hope you'll come sometimes, now."
Goodwin discounted that; it was no more than the missioner had bidden her to
say.
"That's all right, then," said Goodwin cheerfully. "An' I'll be along, too."
The elderly woman whom she had left at the missioner's summons was hovering
patiently. Goodwin held out his hand.
She gave him her hand, and he took it within his own, enveloping its pale
slenderness in his rope-roughened palm. He held it just long enough to make her
raise her eyes and meet his; then he released her, and, avoiding the anti-climax of
a further talk with the missioner, passed out of the hall to the dark and sparsely
peopled street.
At a small saloon whose lights spilled themselves across his path, he got himself
a glass of beer; he was feeling just such a thirst as a man knows after nervous
and exacting labor. The blond, white-jacketed barman glanced at him curiously,
marking perhaps something distraught and rapt in his demeanor. Goodwin,
ignoring him, took his beer and leaned an elbow on the bar, looking round the
place.
A couple of Germans were playing a game at a table near the door. A man in the
dumb-solemn stage of drunkenness stood regarding his empty glass with owlish
fixity. It was all consistent with a certain manner and degree of life; it was
commonplace, established in the order of things. In the same order were the
dreary street without, and the Etna, loading at her wharf for the return voyage to
San Francisco. Their boundaries were the limits of lives; one had but to cross
them, to adventure beyond them, and all the world was different. A dozen steps
had taken him from the sidewalk into the mission hall and the soft-glowing
wonder of the girl; another dozen steps had replaced him on the sidewalk. It
almost seemed as if a man might choose what world he would live in.
"Feelin' bad?" queried the barman softly; he could no longer contain his
curiosity.
The Etna had left San Francisco with a crew of fourteen men before the mast, of
whom twelve had been "Dutchmen." On her arrival in New York, these twelve
had deserted forthwith, forfeiting the pay due to them rather than face the return
voyage under the Etna's officers. There remained in her forecastle now only
Goodwin and one other, an old seaman named Noble, a veteran who had
followed the sea and shared the uncertain fate of ships since the days of single
topsails.
Noble was seated on his battered chest when Goodwin unhooked the fo'c'sle
door and entered. A globe-lamp that hung above him shed its light upon his
silver head as he bent over his work of patching a pair of dungaree overalls, and
he looked up in mild welcome of the other's return. His placidity, his venerable
and friendly aspect, gave somehow to the bare forecastle, with its vacant bunks
like empty coffin-shelves in a vault, an air of domesticity, the comfortable
quality of a home. Save for brief intervals between voyages, in sailors' boarding-
houses, such places had been "home" to Noble for fifty years.
Goodwin rehooked the door, and stood outside the globe-lamp's circle of dull
light while he took off his coat. Old Noble, sail needle between his fingers,
looked up from his work amiably.
"That's so," retorted Goodwin shortly. "A hell of a time an' all."
The old man nodded and began to sew again, sailor fashion, thrusting the big
needle with the leather "palm" which seamen use instead of a thimble. Goodwin,
standing by his bunk, began to cut himself a fill for his pipe.
In his view, and according to his experience, a sailor with money on him ran
peculiar risks when he went ashore. When Goodwin had been "shanghaied" in
San Francisco drugged and carried on board unconscious while another man
"signed on" for him and drew three months of his wages in advance those who
shipped him had omitted to search him, and his money-belt was intact.
"Robbed? No!" answered Goodwin impatiently.
He lit his pipe, drawing strongly at the pungent ship's tobacco, and seated
himself on the edge of the lower bunk, facing old Noble. The old man continued
to sew, his hand moving rhythmically to and fro with the needle, his work spread
conveniently in his lap. But for the rusty red of his tanned skin, he looked like a
handsome and wise old woman.
"There wasn't nothin' doin' ashore there," said Goodwin. "I just went for a walk
along the street, and then I well, there wasn't nothin' doin', ye see, so I went into
a sort o' mission that there was."
"Eh?" Old Noble raised his head sharply and peered at him. "Ye ain't been an'
got religion, Dan?"
"No, I haven't," answered Goodwin. "But say, Jim, I went into the place, and
there was a girl there. She come over to loan me a hymn-book first of all, an'
afterwards what ye laughin' at, blast ye?"
Old Noble had uttered no sound, but he had bent his head over his sewing and
his broad shoulders were shaking. He lifted a face of elderly, cynical mirth.
"It ain't nothin', Dan," he protested. "It's just me thinkin' first ye'd bin robbed and
then ye'd got religion; an' all the time it's just a girl ye've seen. Go on, Dan; how
much did she get out of ye?"
"Stow that!" warned Goodwin. "She wasn't that kind. This one was say, Jim, if
you was to see her just once, you'd know things ashore ain't all as bad as you
fancy. Sort of soft, she was all tender and gentle and shining! Gosh, there ain't no
words to put her in. I didn't know there was any girls like that."
"Nor me," put in old Noble dryly. He inspected Goodwin with a shrewd and
suspicious eye. For him, a citizen of the womanless seas, beauty, grace,
femininity were no more than a merchandise. "Then, to put it straight, she didn't
get yer money from ye?" he demanded.
"No, she didn't," retorted Goodwin. "Not a cent, is that plain enough? Ain't you
ever known no women but the rotten ones, man?"
"Then you don't know what you're talkin' about," said Goodwin. "This one it
ain't no use tellin' you, Jim. I seen her, that's all; an' I'm goin' to quit. This
sailorizin' game ain't the only game there is, an' I'm done with it."
"Ah!" The old man sat with both gnarled and labor-stained hands lying upon the
unfinished work in his lap. The cynical, half-humorous expression faded from
his thin, strong face. He frowned at the younger man consideringly, seriously.
"Then she did get something out o' ye," he said harshly. "You're talkin' like a
fool, Dan. This old ship ain't no soft berth, I know; but then, you ain't no quitter,
either. This girl's got ye goin'; ye want to watch out."
"Quitter!" Goodwin took him up hotly. They faced each other across the narrow
fo'c'sle vehemently; their shadows sprawled on deck and bulkhead as they bent
forward and drew back in the stress of talk. "When a man's shanghaied aboard a
blasted hooker like this, with three months of his wages stolen before he gets the
knockout drops out o' his head, is he a quitter when he takes his chance to leave
her an' look for a white man's job?"
"Yes, he is," answered Noble. "You're a sailor, ain't you? Then stick by your
ship."
"Oh, it ain't no use talkin' to you!" Goodwin rose to his feet. "You'd make out
that a man 'u'd go to heaven for stickin' to his ship, even if he done forty
murders. I'm goin' to quit, an' that's all there is to it."
Old Noble looked up at him where he stood. The old face, that had been mild
and indulgent, was hardened to an angry contempt. He was old and strong,
dexterous in all seamanlike arts, a being shaped for good and evil both by half a
century of seafaring, of wrong and hardship, or danger and toil, of scant food
and poor pay. Never in his life had he held back from a task because it was
dangerous or difficult, nor sided with an officer against a man before the mast,
nor deserted a ship. His code was simple and brief, but it was of iron.
"Well, quit, then," he said. "Quit like the Dutchmen! There's no one will stop
ye."
He had been shanghaied, of course, without chest or bag, without even bedding,
so that he had worked his way around the Horn in shoddy clothes and flimsy
oilskins obtained from the ship's slop-chest. There was little that he had a mind
to take ashore with him; it went quickly into a small enough bundle. While he
turned out his bunk, old Noble sat watching him without moving, with judgment
in his face, and sorrow. He was looking on at the death of a good seaman.
"Say, Jim!" Goodwin was ready; he stood with his bundle in his hand, his cap on
his head. "You don't want to be a fool, now. I reckon we can shake hands,
anyhow."
He felt himself loath to leave the old man in anger; he had for him both liking
and respect. But Noble did not answer only continued for some moments to look
him in the face, unsoftened, stern and grieved, then bent again above his sewing.
"Have it your own way," he said, and went forth from the forecastle, leaving the
old man, with the lamplight silvering his sparse hair, at work upon the patched
overalls. And, in that moment, not even the vision of the girl and his hope of the
future could save him from a pang of sadness. It was as if he had, by his going,
darkened a home.
Outside upon the deck he stayed to cast a glance about him. The big ship,
beautiful as a work of art in her lines and proportions, showed vacant of life. A
light glimmered from the galley door, where the decrepit watchman slumbered at
his ease. There was nothing to detain him. The great yards, upon which he had
fought down the sodden and frozen canvas in gales off the Horn, spread over
him. She was fine, she was potent, with a claim upon a man's heart; and she was
notorious for a floating, hell upon the seas. It was her character; she was famous
for brutality to seamen, so that they deserted at the first opportunity and forfeited
their wages. And Noble would have him loyal to her!
He swore at her shortly, and forced himself to cross the deck and climb over the
rail to the wharf. The conduct of Noble was sore in his mind. But, as the earth of
the shore gritted under his boots, that trouble departed from him. The world,
after all, was wider than the decks of the Etna; and in it, an item in its wonder
and complexity, there lived and smiled the girl.
Miss James, who smiled so indescribably and asked so many questions about
seafaring in the way of civil conversation, would probably have shown small
interest in the adventures of a seaman in search of a lodging ashore. She would
have smiled, of course, with her own little lift and fall of shy eyes, and been as
intangible and desirable as ever; but one could never tell her of carrying a small
bundle of underclothes from one obdurate door to another, unable to show
money in any convincing amount because one's capital was in a belt under one's
shirt. Othello told Desdemona of "antres vast and deserts idle," not of skeptical
landladies. Goodwin felt all this intensely when, in the evening of the following
day, having finally established himself in a room, he beheld her again in the
mission. He beheld her first, indeed, as she entered the hall, he watching from
the opposite side of the street. He had no intention of going in if she were not
present. As it was, a swoop across the street and a little brisk maneuvering
secured him a place next to her.
He had been a little at a loss all day; it was years since he had lived altogether
apart from sailors and he had found himself lonely and depressed; but the sight
of her sufficed to restore him. She gave him the welcome of a look, and a slow
flush mounted on her face. The missioner was already preparing to open the
service, and conversation was impossible. Nevertheless, as she turned over the
pages of her hymn-book, Goodwin bent toward her.
"Didn't I say I'd be along?" he whispered, and saw her cheek move with her
smile.
"Say," he said, "let's get out o' this. I'd like to walk along with you and talk.
Come on!"
Miss James looked at him with startled eyes. He was insistent.
"Aw, come on," he pressed. "That preacher'll be here in a minute if you don't,
and we've had enough of him for one time. I tell you, I want to talk to you."
He rose, and by sheer force of urgency made her rise likewise. He got her as far
as the door. "But" she began, hesitating there.
"Steady as ye go," bade Goodwin, and took her down the shallow steps to the
sidewalk. "Now, which way is it to be?" he demanded suddenly.
She did not reply for a couple of moments. The light that issued from the hall
showed her face as she stood and considered him doubtfully, a little uncertain of
what was happening. Even in that half-obscurity of the long street, where she
was seen as an attitude, a shape, she made her effect of a quiet, tender beauty.
Then, at last, she smiled and turned and began to walk. Goodwin fell into step
beside her, and the confusion of voices within the hall died down behind them.
"I had to make you come," said Goodwin presently. "I just had to. An' you don't
want to be scared."
"I said I wanted to talk to ye," he went on; "an' I do. I want to talk to you a whole
lot. But there ain't much I got to say. 'Ceptin', maybe, one thing. I'd like to know
what your first name is. Oh, I ain't goin' to get fresh an' call you by it I reckon
you know that. But thinkin' of you all day an' half the night, like I do, 'Miss
James' don't come handy, ye see."
"Oh!" murmured the girl. It was plain that he had startled her a little.
"I'm glad you like it," said the girl, in her deep-toned, pleasant voice. "You know,
Mr. Goodwin, it was a bit queer the way you made me come away from the
hall."
"Ah, but that's not troublin' you," replied Goodwin quickly. "I reckon you know
what's wrong wi' me, Miss James. I'm not askin' you for much yet; only to let me
see you, when you go to that mission-joint, and talk to ye sometimes."
They were at an intersection of streets, where a few shops yet shone and surface-
cars went by like blazing ships. There was a movement of folk about them; yet,
by reason of what had passed between them, it seemed that they stood in a
solitude of queer, strained feeling. The girl halted in the light of a shop-window.
Goodwin stopped, facing her. She looked up at the tense seriousness of his
young, set face, hard and strong, with the wind-tan coloring it. She was kindly,
eager to handle him tactfully, and possibly a little warmed by his sincerity and
admiration. To him she seemed the sum of all that was desirable, pathetic, and
stirring in womanhood.
"No," she said; "that's not much to ask. I'll be glad to meet you at the mission,
Mr. Goodwin, and maybe we can talk, too, sometimes. And when you go away
again, when your ship sails."
"Eh?" Goodwin's exclamation interrupted her. "Goin' away? Why, Miss James, I
ain't goin' away. That was all fixed up last night. I've quit goin' to sea."
"You don't understand," said Goodwin gently. "I knew, just as soon as I seen you,
that I wasn't going away no more. I went down an' fetched my dunnage ashore
right off."
A street-car jarred to a halt beside them. The girl made a queer little gesture, as if
in fear.
"My car!" she flustered indistinctly, and, turning suddenly, ran from him towards
it, taking refuge in its ordinariness against Goodwin and all the strangeness with
which he seemed to assail her.
He, smiling fatuously on the curb, saw it carry her off, swaying and grinding.
"Mary," he repeated. "Mary!"
Following his purpose, within the next few days he found himself employment
as one of a gang of riggers at work on a great German four-masted barque which
had been dismasted in a squall off Fire Island. In the daytime he dealt with spars
and gear, such stuff as he knew familiarly, in the company of men like himself.
Each evening found him, washed and appareled, at the mission, furnishing a
decorous bass undertone to the hymns, looked on with approval by the missioner
and his helpers. Commonly he got himself a seat next to Miss James; but he
could not again contrive a walk with her along the still street to the lighted
corner where she ran to catch her car. There seemed always to be a pair of
voluminous elderly matrons in attendance upon her, to daunt and chill him. She
herself was unchanged; her soft, beneficent radiance, her elusive, coy charm, all
her maddening quality of delicacy and shrinking beauty, uplifted him still.
"Say," he always whispered, as he let himself down beside her, "are we goin' to
have a talk tonight?"
And she would shake her averted head hurriedly, and afterwards the iron-clad
matrons would close in on her and make her inaccessible. And, in the end, he
would go off to get a drink in a saloon before going back to his room, baffled
and discontented.
There were three evenings running on which she did not come to the mission at
all. On the fourth Goodwin was there before her. He looked at her steadily as she
came to her place.
"I want to talk to you to-night," he said, varying his formula, as she sat down.
She gave him a swift, uncertain glance.
"Got to," he added gravely. "It's a case, an' I just got to."
"What about?" she asked, with a touch of resentment that was new in her.
"I guess you know," he answered quietly, and hitched nearer to her along the
bench to make room for a new-comer who was thrusting in beside him. He
turned perfunctorily to see who it might be. It was old Noble.
"Friends!" grated the voice of the missioner. "Let us begin by singing hymn
number seventy-nine: 'Pull for the shore, sailor; pull for the shore!'"
"Found ye!" rumbled the old man. "Say, come on out where I can talk to ye.
We're sailin' in the mornin'."
"Hush!" whispered Goodwin. "I can't come out. What d'you want?"
The little congregation rose to its feet for the singing of the hymn. Old Noble,
rising with them, leaned forward and peered past Goodwin at the girl. His keen
old face inspected her inscrutably for a while.
"I can't, I tell ye," breathed Goodwin. "Don't you go startin' anything here, now!
Say what ye got to say, an' be done with it."
Old Noble scowled. About him the simple hymn rose and fell in its measured
cadences. Among the honest folk who sang it there was none more venerable
and seemly than he. His head was white with the sober snow of years; by
contrast with his elderly gravity, the young vividness and force of Goodwin
seemed violent and crude.
"I won't start nothin'," whispered Noble harshly. "Don't be afeared. I bin lookin'
for ye, Dan; I want ye to have a chanst. We're sailin' in the mornin', an', Dan,
we're short-handed three hands short, we are!"
His words came and went under cover of the hymn.
"Men won't ship aboard of her; she's got a bad name," the whisper continued.
"She's full o' Dutchmen an' Dagoes again. It's goin' to be the hell of a passage an'
the Horn in August, too. Come on an' stand yer share of it, Dan."
Goodwin glared down indignantly at the old rusty-red face beside him.
For answer Goodwin only shrugged. It sufficed. With no further word Noble
turned away and walked forth on heavy feet from the hall. There followed him to
the street, as if in derision, the refrain of that landsman's hymn: "Leave the poor
old stranded wreck, and pull for the shore!"
"Now!" said Goodwin, when at last the missioner had closed the service with his
blessing.
The girl was nervous; plainly, she would have been glad to refuse. But Goodwin
was in earnest, and, unwillingly enough, she surrendered to the compulsion of
his will and went out with him. Outside upon the sidewalk she spoke angrily.
"I don't like the way you act," she said, and her voice had tears in it. "You think a
person's got."
Goodwin interrupted. "I don't think nothin'," he said. "I got to find out. An' I
can't find out while we're hustlin' to the corner. Come down towards the docks.
You're all right with me; an' I got to find out."
He did not even touch her arm, but she went with him.
"Find out what?" she asked uncertainly, as they crossed the street.
He took her down a dark side way which led them to the water-front. Wharves
where work was going on roared and shone. The masts and spars of ships rose
stark against the sky. Beyond, the river was dotted with lights against the
luminous horizon of Manhattan. He slackened his pace. At his side the silent girl
trembled and sulked.
"Kid," said Goodwin, "there's one of us two that hasn't made good.
Which is it?"
A jib-boom slanted across a wall over their heads. They were alone among
sleeping ships.
"I don't know what you mean," answered the girl. "You say you've got to talk to
me, and you act—." She stopped.
"You don't know what I mean?" repeated Goodwin. "I'll have to tell you, then."
They had come to a pause under the jib-boom of the silent ship. She waited for
him to go on, servile to the still mastery of his mien.
"That night the night I come to the mission for the first time," went on Goodwin,
"when you loaned me the book, I quit my ship to keep close to you. That ain't
nothin'; the ship was a terror, anyway. But I seen you, and, girl, I couldn't get you
out o' my head. You was all right the next night, when I went along with you to
your car; it wasn't just because the missionary feller set you at me, neither.
What's gone wrong with me since?"
He asked the question mildly, with a tone of gentle and reasonable inquiry.
"I haven't said anything was wrong with you," Answered the girl sullenly. "I
don't have to answer your questions, anyway."
"I reckon you do these questions," said Goodwin. "What is it, now? Am I
different to what you reckoned I was, or what? I never set up to be anythin' but
just plain man. Tell me what I'm shy of. Are you scared you'll have to to marry
me?"
"That's it, is it? Well, you don't need to be." His voice was bitter. "I'd never ha'
dared to ask you before, an' now I wouldn't, anyway. See? But I know, all the
same, if I wasn't just a blasted sailor if I was a storekeeper or a rich man I c'd
have ye. Why, damme, I c'd have ye anyway!"
She had backed before him; and now she was against the wall, uttering a small
moan of protest.
"I could," he repeated. "You know it. I'd only to go chasin' you, an' in the end
you'd give in. You're pretty; you got a shine on you that fools a man. But you're a
quitter a quitter! See? An' now you can come away from that wall an' I'll see you
back on the street."
He was very lofty and erect in the meager light, rather a superb figure, if the girl
had had eyes for it. But she, to all seeming, was dazed. He went in silence at her
side till they reached the street and saw that the open door of the mission still
showed lights.
The girl hesitated, looking back and forth. It was wonderful how her suggestion
of soft beauty persisted. She was abashed, stricken, humiliated upon the dark
street; and still she was lovely. She moved away and paused.
"Good night!" said her faintly ringing voice, and she passed towards the mission.
"Yes, it's me!" said Goodwin, answering the dumb surprise of old Noble as he
entered the fo'c'sle of the Etna. "An' you want to shut your head. See?"
VI
THE BREADWINNER
The noonday bivouac was in a shady place nigh-hand the road, where a group of
solemn trees made a shadow on the dusty grass. It was a day of robust heat; the
sky arched cloudless over Sussex, and the road was soft with white dust that rose
like smoke under the feet. Trotter no sooner saw the place than he called a halt
and dropped his bundle. The Signor smiled lividly and followed suit; Bill, the
dog, lay down forthwith and panted.
"Look at 'im!" said Trotter. "Just look at 'im, will yer! 'E ain't carried no bundle;
'e ain't got to unpack no grub. And there 'e lies, for us to wait on 'im."
"Where ees da beer?" demanded the Signor, who had the immediate mind.
The word drew Trotter from his wrongs, and together the men untied the shabby
bundles and set forth their food.
They made a queer picture in that quiet place of English green. Trotter still wore
tights, with hobnailed boots to walk in and a rusty billycock hat for shelter to his
head. He somewhat clung to this garb, though his tumbling days were over. One
had only to look at his bloated, pouchy face to see how drink and sloth had
fouled his joints and slacked his muscles. Never again could he spread the
drugget in a rustic village street and strut about it on his hands for the edification
of a rustic audience. But the uniform he still wore; he seemed to think it gave
him some claim to indulgent notice. The Signor, in his own way, was not less in
contrast with his background. His lean, predatory face and capacious smile went
fitly with the shabby frock coat and slouched hat he affected. He carried a fiddle
under his arm, but the most he could do was strum on it with his thumb.
Together, they made a couple that anyone would look twice at, and no one care
to meet in a lonely place.
Bill, the dog, shared none of their picturesque quality. An uglier dog never went
footsore. A dozen breeds cropped out here and there on his hardy body; his coat
was distantly suggestive of a collie; his tail of a terrier. But something of width
between the patient eyes and bluntness in the scarred muzzle spoke to a tough
and hardy ancestor in his discreditable pedigree, as though a lady of his house
had once gone away with a bulldog. His part in the company was to do tricks
outside beerhouses. When the Signor's strumming had gathered a little crowd,
Trotter would introduce Bill.
"Lydies and gents all," he would say, "with yore kind permission, I will now
introduce to yer the world-famous wolf 'ound Boris, late of the Barnum
menagerie in New York. 'E will commence 'is exhibition of animal intelligence
by waltzin' to the strines of Yankee Doodle on the vi'lin."
Then the Signor would strum on two strings of the fiddle, smiling the while a
smile that no woman should see, and Bill would waltz laboriously on his hind
legs. After that he would walk on his front legs, throw somersaults, find a hidden
handkerchief, and so on. And between each piece of clowning, he would go
round with Trotter's hat to collect coppers. Bill was an honest dog, and a fairly
big one as well, and when a man tried to ignore the hat, he had a way of drawing
back his lips from his splendid teeth which by itself was frequently worth as
much to the treasury as all his other tricks put together. But the truth of it was, it
was a feeble show, a scanty, pitiful show; and only the gross truculence of
Trotter and the venomous litheness of the Signor withheld the average yokel
from saying so flatly.
But it gave them enough to live on and drink on. At any rate, Trotter grew fat
and the Signor grew thinner. Bill depended on what they had left when they were
satisfied; it was little enough. He begged at cottages on his own account,
sometimes; sitting up in the attitude of mendicancy till something was thrown to
him. Occasionally, too, he stole fowls or raided a butcher's shop. Then Trotter
and the Signor would disown him vociferously to the bereaved one, and hasten
on to come up with him before he had eaten it all. He preferred being beaten to
going hungry, so they never caught him till he had fed full. But what troubled
him most was the tramping, the long dusty stages afoot in country where the
unsociable villages lay remote from each other, and the roads were hot and long.
A man can outwalk any other animal. After thirty miles, a horse is nowhere and
the man is still going, but even fifteen miles leaves the ordinary dog limp and
sorry. And then, when every bone in him was aching, a wretched village might
poke up at an elbow of the way, and there would be dancing to do and his whole
fatuous repertoire to accomplish, while his legs were soft under him with
weariness.
It was a pleasant spot. Where they sat, in a bay of shade, they could see a far
reach of rich land, bright in the sunshine and dotted with wood, stretching back
to where the high shoulder of the downs shut out the sea.
The two men ate in much contentment, passing the bottle to and fro.
Bill waited for them to have done and fling him his share. In common with all
Bohemians, he liked regular meals.
"That dog's goin' silly," said Trotter, looking at him where he lay.
"He's bin loafin' a furlong be'ind all the mornin'," said Trotter. "Yer know if he
was to get lazy, it 'ud be a poor lookout for us. He's bin spoilt, that dog 'as spoilt
with indulgence. Soon as we stop for a spell oh, he plops down on 'is belly and
'angs on for us to chuck 'im a bit of grub. Might be a man by the ways of 'im,
'stead of a dog. Now I don't 'old with spoilin' dogs."
Bill looked up with concern, for Trotter was filling his pipe; the meal was at an
end.
"Yus, yer can look," snarled Trotter. "You'll wait, you will."
He began to pack up the bread and meat again in the towel where it belonged.
"Think you've got yer rights, don't yer?" he growled, as he swept the fragments
together. "No dog comes them games on me. Hey, get out, ye brute!"
Bill had walked over and was now helping himself to the food that lay between
Trotter's very hands.
Trotter clenched a bulging red fist and hauled off to knock him away. But Bill
had some remainder of the skill, as well as the ferocity, of the fighting dog in
him. He snapped sideways in a purposeful silence, met the swinging fist adroitly,
and sank his fine teeth cruelly in the fat wrist.
"Hey! Signor, Signor!" howled Trotter. "Kick 'im orf, can't yer! Ow, o-o-ow!"
Bill let him go as the Signor approached, but the kick that was meant for him
spent itself in the air. Again he snapped, with that sideways striking action of the
big bony head, and the Signor shrieked like a woman and sprang away.
Bill watched the pair of them for half a minute, as they took refuge among the
trees, and both saw the glint of his strong teeth as he stared after them. Then he
finished the food at his ease, while they cursed and whimpered from a distance.
"'E's mad," moaned Trotter. "'Es 'ad a stroke. An' we'll get hydrophobia from 'im
as like as not."
"Look at my laig!" babbled the Signor. "It is a sacred bite, an' all-a da trouser
tore. What da hell you fool wid da dog for, you big fool?"
"'E was pinchin' the grub," growled Trotter. "E's mad. Look at 'im, lyin' down on
my coat. 'Ere, Bill! Goo' dog, then. Good ole feller!"
Bill took no notice of the blandishments of Trotter, but presently he rose and
strolled off to where a little pond stood in the corner of a field.
"'E's drinkin'," reported Trotter, who had stolen from cover to make observations.
"So 'e can't be mad. Mad dogs won't look at water. Go into fits if they sees it.
'Ere, Signor, let's make a grab for those bundles before 'e gets back."
Bill rejoined them while they were yet stuffing their shabby possessions
together.
The Signor moved behind Trotter and Trotter picked up a boot. But Bill was
calm and peaceful again. He lay down in the grass and wagged his tail
cheerfully.
"Bill, ole feller," said Trotter, in tones of conciliation, and Bill wagged again.
"'Ell, I can't make nothing of it," confessed Trotter blankly. "Must have gone sort
o' temp'ry insane, like the sooicides. But well, we'll be even with 'im before all's
over."
And the lean Signor's sidelong look at the dog was full of menace.
They reached another village before dark, a village with a good prosperous
alehouse, and here Bill showed quite his old form. He waltzed, he threw
somersaults, he found handkerchiefs, he carried the hat; his docility was all that
Trotter and the Signor could have asked. They cleared one and sevenpence out of
his tricks, and would have stayed to drink it; but Bill walked calmly on up the
road and barely gave them time enough to buy food.
They cursed him lavishly; the Signor raved in a hot frenzy; but they dared not
lose him. The dog led them at an easy pace and they labored after him furiously,
while a great pale moon mounted in the sky and the soft night deepened over the
fields.
He let them down at last at an end of grass where a few of last year's straw ricks
afforded lodging for the night. Both the men were tired enough to be glad of the
respite and they sank down in the shadow of a rick with little talk.
"It gets me," Trotter said. "The dog's a danger. 'E ought to be drownded."
The Signor snarled. "An' us?" he demanded. "We go to work, eh? You pick da
grass-a to make-a da hay and me I drive-a da cart, eh? Oh, Trottair, you fool!"
"'Ere, let's 'ave some grub and stow the jaw for a bit," said
Trotter.
He had bread and meat, bought in a hurry at the tail of the village while Bill
receded down the road.
Bill caught the loaf and settled down to it with an appetite. Trotter stared at him
with a gape.
"Well, blow me!" he said. "'Ave we come to feedin' the bloomin' dog before we
feeds ourselves? 'As the beggar struck for that? I s'pose 'e'll be wantin' wages
next."
"That's all very well," retorted Trotter. "But I'm an Englishman, I am. You're
only a furriner; you're used to bein' put upon. But I'm—."
Bill growled again and rose to his feet. Trotter tossed him a piece of meat.
All that was long ago. Now if you stray through the South of England during the
months between May and October, you may yet meet Bill and his companions.
Trotter still wears tights, but he is thinner and much more wholesome to see; but
the Signor has added a kind of shiny servility to his courtly Italian manner.
And now, when they come to rest at noonday, you will see, if you watch them,
that before Trotter takes his boots off he feeds the dog. And the Signor fetches
him water.
VII
"PLAIN GERMAN"
Beyond the arcaded side-walks, whose square-pillared arches stand before the
house-fronts like cloisters, the streets of Thun were channels 'of standing
sunlight, radiating heat from every cobblestone. Herr Haase, black-coated and
white-waistcoated as for a festival, his large blond face damp and distressful,
came panting into the hotel with the manner of an exhausted swimmer climbing
ashore. In one tightly-gloved hand he bore a large and bulging linen envelope.
"Pfui!" He puffed, and tucked the envelope under one arm in order to take off his
green felt hat and mop himself. "Aber what a heat, what a heat!"
The brass-buttoned hotel porter, a-sprawl in a wicker chair in the hall, lowered
his newspaper and looked up over his silver spectacles. He was comfortably
unbuttoned here and there, and had omitted to shave that morning, for this was
July, 1916, and since the war had turned Switzerland's tourists into Europe's
cannon-fodder, he had run somewhat to seed.
"Yes, it is warm," he agreed, without interest, and yawned. "You have come to
see" he jerked his head towards the white staircase and its strip of red carpet "to
see him not? He is up there. But what do you think of the news this morning?"
Herr Haase was running, his handkerchief round the inside of his collar. "To see
him! I have come to see the Herr Baron von Steinlach," he retorted, crossly.
"And what news are you talking about now?" He continued to pant and wipe
while the porter read from his copy of the Bund, the German official
communique of the previous day's fighting on the Somme.
"I don't like it," said the porter, when he had finished. "It looks as if we were
losing ground. Those English."
Herr Haase pocketed his handkerchief and took the large envelope in his hand
again. He was a bulky, middle-aged man, one of whose professional
qualifications it was that he looked and sounded commonplace, the type of
citizen who is the patron of beer-gardens, wars of aggression, and the easily
remembered catchwords which are the whole political creed of his kind. His
appearance was the bushel under which his secret light burned profitably; it had
indicated him for his employment as a naturalized citizen of Switzerland and the
tenant of the pretty villa on the hill above Thun, whence he drove his discreet
and complicated traffic in those intangible wares whose market is the Foreign
Office in Berlin.
"Eh?" The slovenly man in the chair gaped up at him stupidly. Herr Haase added
to his words the emphasis of a nod and walked on to the stairs.
In the corridor above, a row of white-painted bedroom doors had each its
number. Beside one of them a tall young man was sunk spinelessly in a chair,
relaxed to the still warmth of the day. He made to rise as Herr Haase approached,
swelling for an instant to a drilled and soldierly stature, but, recognizing him,
sank back again.
"Schlapschwanz!" remarked Herr Haase indignantly, and rapped upon the door.
A voice within answered indistinctly. Herr Haase, removing his hat, opened the
door and entered.
The room was a large one, an hotel bedroom converted into a sitting-room, with
tall French windows opening to a little veranda, and a view across the lime-trees
of the garden to the blinding silver of the lake of Thun and the eternal snow-
fields of the Bernese Oberland. Beside the window and before a little spindle-
legged writing-table a man sat. He turned his head as Herr Haase entered.
"Excellenz!" he said, in a strange, loud voice, rather like a man in a trance. "Your
Excellency's papers, received by the train arriving from Bern at eleven-thirty-
five."
The other smiled, raising to him a pink and elderly face, with a clipped white
moustache and heavy tufted brows under which the faint blue eyes were steady
and ironic. He was a large man, great in the frame and massive; his movements
had a sure, unhurried deliberation; and authority, the custom and habit of power,
clad him like a garment. Years and the moving forces of life had polished him as
running water polishes a stone. The Baron von Steinlach showed to Herr Haase a
countenance supple as a hand and formidable as a fist.
But he did not bid him sit down. Instead, he turned to the linen envelope, opened
it, and shook out upon the table its freight of lesser envelopes, typed papers, and
newspaper-clippings. Deliberately, but yet with a certain discrimination and
efficiency, he began to read them. Herr Haase, whose new patent leather boots
felt red-hot to his feet, whose shirt was sticking to his back, whose collar was
melting, watched him expressionlessly.
"There is a cloud of dust coming along the lake road," said the Baron presently,
glancing through the window. "That should be Captain von Wetten in his
automobile. We will see what he has to tell us, Haase."
"Because" he touched one of the papers before him "this news, Haase, is not
good. It is not good. And this discovery here, if it be all that is claimed for it,
should work miracles."
He glanced up at Herr Haase and smiled again. "Not that I think miracles can
ever be worked by machinery," he added.
It was ten minutes after this that the column of dust on the lake road delivered its
core and cause in the shape of a tall man, who knocked once at the door and
strode in without waiting for an answer.
"Ah, my dear Von Wetten," said the Baron pleasantly. "It is hot, eh?"
"An oven," replied Von Wetten curtly. "This place is an oven. And the dust,
ach!"
And Herr Haase, who controlled a hundred and twelve subordinates, who was a
Swiss citizen and a trusted secret agent, brought the chair and placed it civilly,
neither expecting nor receiving thanks.
The new-comer was perhaps twenty-eight years of age, tall, large in the chest
and little in the loins, with a narrow, neatly-chiseled face which fell naturally to a
chill and glassy composure. "Officer" was written on him as clear as a brand; his
very quiet clothes sat on his drilled and ingrained formality of posture and
bearing as noticeably as a mask and domino; he needed a uniform to make him
inconspicuous. He picked up his dangling monocle, screwed it into his eye, and
sat back.
"And now?" inquired the Baron agreeably, "and now, my dear Von
Wetten, what have you to tell us?"
The Baron said nothing merely waited, large and still against the light of the
window which shone on the faces of the other two.
Captain von Wetten shifted in his chair awkwardly. "At five, Excellenz," he
added; "it'll be cooler then. You see, Herr Baron, it's not the matter of the
machine I've seen that all right; it's the man."
"So!" The explanation, which explained nothing to Herr Haase, seemed to satisfy
the Baron. "The man, eh? But you say you have seen the machine. It works?"
"It worked all right this morning," replied Von Wetten. "I took my own
explosives with me, as you know some French and English rifle-cartridges and
an assortment of samples from gun charges and marine mines. I planted some in
the garden; the place was all pitted already with little craters from his
experiments; and some, especially the mine stuff, I threw into the lake. The
garden's on the edge of the lake, you know. Well, he got out his machine thing
like a photographic camera, rather, on a tripod turned it this way and that until it
pointed to my explosives, and pop! off they went like a lot of fireworks. Pretty
neat, I thought."
"Ah!" The Baron's elbow was on his desk and his head rested in his hand. "Then
it is what that Italian fellow said he had discovered in 1914. 'Ultra-red rays,' he
called them. What was his name, now?"
From the background where Herr Haase stood among the other furniture came a
cough. "Oliver," suggested Herr Haase mildly.
The Baron jerked a look at him. "No, not Oliver," he said. "Ulivi that was it;
Ulivi! I remember at the time we were interested, because, if the fellow could do
what he claimed." He broke off. "Tell me," he demanded of Von Wetten. "You
are a soldier; I am only a diplomat. What would this machine mean in war in this
war, for instance? Supposing you were in command upon a sector of the front;
that in the trenches opposite you were the English; and you had this machine?
What would be the result?"
"Well!" Von Wetten deliberated. "Pretty bad for the English, I should think," he
decided.
"But how, man how?" persisted the Baron. "In what way would it be bad for
them?"
Von Wetten made an effort; he was not employed for his imagination. "Why," he
hesitated, "because I suppose the cartridges would blow up in the men's pouches
and in the machine-gun belts; and then the trench-mortar ammunition and the
hand grenades; well, everything explosive would simply explode! And then we'd
go over to what was left of them, and it would be finished."
Von Wetten was staring at the Baron. Upon the question he let his monocle fall
and seemed to consider. "I, I don't see why not," he replied.
"Well?" he said. "And the man? We are forgetting the man; I think we generally
do, we Germans. What is the difficulty about the man?"
Von Wetten shrugged. "The difficulty is that he won't name his price," he
answered. "Don't understand him! Queer, shambling sort of fellow, all hair and
eyes, with the scar of an old cut, or something, across one side of his face. Keeps
looking at you as if he hated you! Showed me the machine readily enough;
consented to every test even offered to let me take my stuff to the other side of
the lake, three miles away, and explode it at that distance. But when it came to
terms, all he'd do was to look the other way and mumble."
"My orders, Your Excellency," answered Captain von Wetten formally, "were to
agree to his price, but not to attempt negotiations in the event of difficulty over
the terms. That was reserved for Your Excellency."
"H'm!" The Baron nodded. "Quite right," he approved. "Quite right; there is
something in this. Men have their price, but sometimes they have to be paid in a
curious currency. By the way, how much money have we?"
"I am instructed, Excellency, that my cheque will be honored at sight here for a
million marks," he answered, in the loud hypnotized voice of the drill-ground.
"But there is, of course, no limit."
The Baron gave him an approving nod. "No limit," he said. "That is the only way
to do things no limit, in money or anything else! Well, Haase can bring the car
round at what time, Von Wetten?"
"Twenty minutes to five!" Von Wetten threw the words over his shoulder.
"And I shall lunch up here; it's cooler. You'd better lunch with me, and we can
talk. Send up a waiter as you go, my good Haase."
Herr Haase bowed, but clicked only faintly. "Zu Befehl, Excellenz," he replied,
and withdrew.
In the hall below he sank into a chair, groaned and fumbled at the buttons of his
boots. He was wearing them for the first time, and they fitted him as though they
had been shrunk on to him. The porter, his waistcoat gaping, came shambling
over to him.
Herr Haase boiled over. "Zum Teufel mit den Englandern und mit Dir,
Schafskopf!" he roared, tearing at the buttons. "Send up a waiter to the Herr
Baron and call me a cab to go home in!"
The porter, his waistcoat buttoned for the occasion, carried out a leather suit-case
and placed it in the car, then stood aside, holding open the door, as the Baron and
Von Wetten appeared from the hall. Von Wetten, true to his manner, saw neither
Herr Haase's bow nor the porter's lifted cap; to him, salutations and civilities
came like the air he breathed, and were as little acknowledged. The Baron gave
to Herr Haase the compliment of a glance that took in the grey coat and the cloth
boots, and the ghost of an ironic, not unkindly smile.
"Der gute Haase," he murmured, and then, as though in absence of mind, "Poor
fellow, poor fellow!"
His foot was upon the step of the car when he saw the leather suit-case within.
He paused in the act of entering.
"What is this baggage?" he inquired.
Von Wetten craned forward to look. "Oh, that! I wanted you to see the machine
at work, Excellenz, so I'm bringing a few cartridges and things."
His Excellency withdrew his foot and stepped back. "Explosives, eh?" He made
a half-humorous grimace of distaste. "Haase, lift that bag out carefully, man! and
carry it in front with you. And tell the chauffeur to drive cautiously!"
Their destination was to the eastward of the little town, where the gardens of the
villas trail their willow-fringes in the water. Among them, a varnished yellow
chalet lifted its tiers of glassed-in galleries among the heavy green of fir-trees; its
door, close beside the road, was guarded by a gate of iron bars. The big car slid
to a standstill beside it with a scrape of tires in the dust.
"A moment," said the old baron, as Herr Haase lifted his hand to the iron bell-
pull that hung beside the gate. "Who are we? What names have you given, Von
Wetten? Schmidt and Meyer or something more fanciful?"
"Much more fanciful, Excellenz." Von Wetten allowed himself a smile. "I am
Herr Wetten; Your Excellency is Herr Steinlach. It could not be simpler."
The Baron laughed quietly. "Very good, indeed," he agreed. "And Haase? You
did not think of him? Well, the good Haase, for the time being, shall be the Herr
von Haase. Eh, Haase?"
The iron bell-pull squealed in its dry guides; somewhere within the recesses of
the house a sleeping bell woke and jangled. Silence followed. The three of them
waited upon the road in the slant of the sunshine, aware of the odor of hot dust,
trees, and water. Herr Haase stood, in the contented torpor of service and
obedience, holding the heavy suit-case to one side of the gate; to the other, the
Baron and Von Wetten stood together. Von Wetten, with something of rigidity
even in his ease and insouciance, stared idly at the windows through which, as
through stagnant eyes, the silent house seemed to be inspecting them; the Baron,
with his hands joined behind him, was gazing through the gate at the
unresponsive yellow door. His pink, strong face had fallen vague and mild; he
seemed to dream in the sunlight upon the threshold of his enterprise. All of him
that was formidable and potent was withdrawn from the surface, sucked in, and
concentrated in the inner centers of his mind and spirit.
There sounded within the door the noise of footsteps; a bolt clashed, and there
came out to the gate a young woman with a key in her hand. The Baron lifted his
head and looked at her, and she stopped, as though brought up short by the
impact of his gaze. She was a small creature, not more than twenty-two or
twenty-three years of age, as fresh and pretty as apple-blossom. But it was more
than shyness that narrowed her German-blue eyes as she stood behind the bars,
looking at the three men.
"Good afternoon, gnadige Frau. We have an appointment with your husband for
this hour. Let me present Herr Steinlach Herr von Haase."
The two bowed at her; she inspected each in turn, still with that narrow-eyed
reserve.
"Yes," she said then, in a small tinkle of a voice. "My husband is expecting you."
She unlocked the gate; the key resisted her, and she had to take both hands to it,
flushing with the effort of wrenching it over. They followed her into the house,
along an echoing corridor, to a front room whose windows framed a dazzling
great panorama of wide water, steep blue mountain, and shining snow-slopes.
Herr Haase, coming last with the suitcase, saw around the Baron's large
shoulders how she flitted across and called into the balcony: "Egon, the Herren
are here!" Then, without glancing at them again, she passed them and
disappeared.
Herr Haase's wrist was aching with his burden. Gently, and with precaution
against noise, he stooped, and let the suit-case down upon the floor. So that he
did not see the entry at that moment of the man who came from the balcony,
walking noiselessly upon rubber-soled tennis-shoes. He heard Von Wetten's
"Good afternoon, Herr Bettermann," and straightened up quickly to be
introduced.
He found himself taking the hand it lay in his an instant as lifelessly as a glove
of a young man whose eyes, over-large in a tragically thin face and under a
chrysanthemum shock of hair, were at once timid and angry. He was coatless, as
though he had come fresh from some work, and under his blue shirt his
shoulders showed angular. But what was most noticeable about him, when he
lifted his face to the light, was the scar of which Von Wetten had spoken a red
and jagged trace of some ugly wound, running from the inner corner of the right
eye to the edge of the jaw. He murmured some inaudible acknowledgment of
Herr Haase's scrupulously correct greeting.
Then, as actually as though an arm of flesh and blood had thrust him back. Herr
Haase was brushed aside. It was as if the Baron von Steinlach, choosing his
moment, released his power of personality upon the scene as a man lets go his
held breath. "A wonderful view you have here, Herr Bettermann," was all he
said. The young man turned to him to reply; it was as though their opposite
purposes and wills crossed and clashed like engaged swords. Herr Haase, and
even the salient and insistent presence of Von Wetten, thinned and became vague
ghostly, ineffectual natives of the background in the stark light of the reality of
that encounter.
There were some sentences, mere feigning, upon that radiant perspective which
the wide windows framed.
Then: "My friend and associate, Herr Wetten here, has asked me to look into this
matter," said the Baron. His voice was silk, the silk "that holds fast where a steel
chain snaps."
"First, to confirm his impressions of the the apparatus; second" the subtle faint-
blue eyes of the old man and the dark suspicious eyes of the young man met and
held each other "and second, the question, the minor question, of the price.
However" his lips, under the clipped, white moustache, widened in a smile
without mirth "that need not take us long, since the price, you see, is not really a
question at all."
The haggard young man heard him with no change in that painful intensity of
his.
"Isn't it?" he said shortly. "We'll see! But first, I suppose, you want to see the
thing at work. I have here cordite, gelignite, trinitrotoluol," but his hare's eyes
fell on the suit-case, "perhaps you have brought your own stuff?"
The garden of the villa was a plot of land reaching down to a parapet lapped by
the still stone-blue waters of the lake. Wooden steps led down to it from the
balcony; Herr Haase, descending them last with the suit-case, paused an instant
to shift his burden from one hand to the other, and had time to survey the place
the ruins of a lawn, pitted like the face of a small-pox patient with small holes,
where the raw clay showed through the unkempt grass the "craters" of which
Captain von Wetten had spoken. Tall fir-trees, the weed of Switzerland, bounded
the garden on either hand, shutting it in as effectually as a wall. Out upon the
blue-and-silver floor of the lake a male human being rowed a female of his
species in a skiff; and near the parapet something was hooded under a black
cloth, such as photographers use, beneath whose skirts there showed the feet of a
tripod.
Herr Bettermann, the young man with the scar, walked across to it. At first
glimpse, it had drawn all their eyes; each felt that here, properly and decently
screened, was the core of the affair. It was right that it should be covered up and
revealed only at the due moment; yet Bettermann went to it and jerked the black
cloth off, raping the mystery of the thing as crudely as a Prussian in Belgium.
"Here it is," he said curtly. "Put your stuff where you like."
The cloth removed disclosed a contrivance like two roughly cubical boxes, fitted
one above the other, the upper projecting a little beyond the lower, and mounted
on the apex of the tripod. A third box, evidently, by the terminals which
projected from its cover, the container of a storage battery, lay between the feet
of the tripod, and wires linked it with the apparatus above. Beside the tripod lay
a small black bag such as doctors are wont to carry.
Von Wetten took a key from his pocket and threw it on the ground.
"Unlock that bag," he said to Herr Haase, and turned towards the
Baron and his host.
Herr Haase picked up the key, unlocked the suitcase, and stood ready for further
orders. The Baron was standing with Bettermann by the tripod; the latter was
talking and detaching some piece of mechanism within the apparatus. His voice
came clearly across to Herr Haase.
"Two blades," he was saying, "and one varies their angle with this. The sharper
the angle, the greater the range of the ray and the shorter the effective arc. But,
of course, this machine is only a model."
"These" his hand emerged from the upper box "are the blades."
He withdrew from the apparatus a contrivance like a pair of brief tongs, of which
the shanks were stout wires and the spatulates were oblongs of thin, whitish
metal like aluminum, some three inches long by two wide.
"The essence of the whole thing," he said. "You see, they are hinged; one sets
them wider or closer according to the range and the arc one requires. These
plates they are removable. I paint the compound on them, and switch the current
on through this battery."
"Ah, yes," agreed the Baron dreamily. "The compound that has to be painted
on."
The thin face of the inventor turned upon him; the great eyes smoldered. "Yes,"
was the answer; "yes. I, I paint it on enough for three or four demonstrations,
and then I throw the rest into the lake. So my secret is safe, you see."
The Baron met his eyes with the profound ironic calm of his own. "Safe, I am
sure," he replied. "The safer the better. And now, where would you prefer us to
arrange our explosives?"
The other shrugged his shoulders. "Where you like," he said, bending to the little
black hand-bag. "Lay them on the ground or bury them, or throw them into the
lake, if they're waterproof. Only don't put them too near the house. I don't want
any more of my windows broken."
There was a tone of aggression in his voice, and his eyes seemed to affront them,
then strayed in a moment's glance towards the house. Herr Haase, following his
look, had a glimpse of the little wife upon the upper balcony looking down upon
the scene. The young man with the scar it glowed at whiles, red and angry
seemed to make her some sign, for she drew back out of sight at once.
Herr Haase would have liked to watch the further intercourse of the Baron and
the lean young man; but Von Wetten, indicating to him a small iron spade, such
as children dig with on the sea-beach, and a pointed iron rod, set him to work at
making graves for the little paper-wrapped packages which he took from the
suit-case. The captain stood over him while he did it, directing him with orders
curt as oaths and wounding as blows, looking down upon his sweating,
unremonstrant obedience as from a very mountain-top of superiority. The clay
was dry as flour, and puffed into dust under the spade; the slanting sun had yet a
vigor of heat; and Herr Haase, in his tail-coat and his cloth boots, floundered
among the little craters and earth-heaps, and dug and perspired submissively.
"Zu Befehl, Herr Hauptmann," answered Herr Haase hastily. But he was slow
enough in obeying to see the young man, his painting finished, take the bottle in
his hand, and toss it over the parapet into the lake and turn, the great jagged scar
suddenly red and vivid on the pallor of his thin face, to challenge the Baron with
his angry eyes.
The Baron met them with his small indomitable smile. "The machine is ready
now?" he inquired smoothly.
Herr Haase had to return to his labors then and lose the rest of that battle of
purposes, of offence offered and refused, which went on over the head of the
waiting machine. Von Wetten left him for a while and was busy throwing things
that looked like glass jars into the lake. When at last the fifth and final hole was
filled and trodden down under the sore heels in the cloth boots, the others were
standing around the apparatus. They looked up at him as he cast down the spade
and clapped a hand to the main stiffness in the small of his back.
"All finished?" called the Baron. "Then come over here, my good friend, or you
will be blown up. Eh, Herr Bettermann?"
Herr Bettermann shrugged those sharp shoulders of his; he was shifting the
tripod legs of his machine. "Blow him up if you like," he said. "He's your man."
Von Wetten and the Baron laughed at that, the Baron civilly and perfunctorily, as
one laughs at the minor jests of one's host, and Von Wetten as though the joke
were a good one. Herr Haase smiled deferentially, and eased himself into the
background by the parapet.
Herr Bettermann answered with the scowl-like contraction of the brows which
he used in place of a nod.
"All right," he said. "Stand away from the front of the thing, will you? You know
yourselves the kind of stuff you've buried yes? Also, los!"
The old baron had stepped back to Herr Haase's side; as the young man put his
hands to the apparatus, he crisped himself with a sharp intake of breath for the
explosion. A switch clicked under the young man's thumb, and he began to move
the machine upon its pivot mounting, traversing it like a telescope on a stand. It
came round towards the fresh yellow mounds of earth which marked Herr
Haase's excavations; they had an instant in which to note, faint as the whirring of
a fly upon a pane, the buzz of some small mechanism within the thing. Then, not
louder than a heavy stroke upon a drum, came the detonation of the buried
cartridges in the first hole, and the earth above them suddenly ballooned and
burst like an over-inflated paper-bag and let through a spit of brief fire and a jet
of smoke.
"Ach, du lieber" began the Baron, and had the words chopped off short by the
second explosion. A stone the size of a tennis-ball soared slowly over them and
plopped into the water a score of yards away. The Baron raised an arm as if to
guard his face, and kept it raised; Von Wetten let his eyeglass fall, lifted it in his
hand and held it there; only Herr Haase, preserving his formal attitude of
obedient waiting, his large bland face inert, stood unmoved, passively watching
this incident of his trade.
The rest of the holes blew up nobly; the last was applauded by a crash of glass as
one of the upper windows of the house broke and came raining down in
splinters. The lean young man swore tersely. "Another window!" he snarled. The
Baron lowered his arm and let his breath go in a sigh of relief. "That is all, is it
not?" he demanded. "Gott sei Dank I hate things that explode. But I am glad that
I saw it, now that it is over, very glad indeed!"
There was a touch of added color in the even pink of his face, and something of
restlessness, a shine of excitement, in his eyes. Even his voice had a new tone of
unfamiliar urgency. He glanced to and fro from Herr Wetten to Herr Haase as
though seeking someone to share his emotion.
Bettermann's thin voice broke in curtly. "It isn't over," he said. "There's the stuff
he" with a glance like a stab at Von Wetten "threw into the lake. Ready?"
"Ach!" The Baron stepped hastily aside. "Yes; I had forgotten that.
Quite ready, my dear sir quite ready. Haase, my good friend, I think
I'll stand behind you this time."
"Zu Befehl, Excellenz," acquiesced Herr Haase, and made of his solidity and
stolidity a screen and a shield for the master-mind in its master-body. Herr
Bettermann, bending behind his machine, took in the grouping with an eye that
sneered and exulted, jerked his angular blue-clad shoulders contemptuously, and
turned again to his business.
The eye of the machine roamed over the face of the water, seeming to peer
searchingly into the depths of shining blue; the small interior whir started again
upon the click of the switch, and forthwith three explosions, following upon each
other rapidly, tore that tranquil water-mirror, spouting three geyser-jets into the
sun-soaked evening air. The waves they raised slapped loudly at the wall below
the parapet, and there were suddenly dead fish floating pale-bellied on the
surface.
The Baron looked round at him absently. "Too bad!" he agreed. "Too bad!" He
moved Herr Haase out of his way with a touch of his hand and walked to the
parapet. He stood there, seeming for some moments to be absorbed in watching
the dead fish as they rocked in the diminishing eddies. Herr Bettermann picked
up the black cloth and draped it again over his apparatus. There was a space of
silence.
"Well, we have only three things to do," he said. "They should not take us long.
But it is pleasant here in your garden, Herr Bettermann, and we might sit down
while we do them."
He sat as he spoke, letting himself down upon the low parapet with an elderly
deliberation; at his gesture Von Wetten sat likewise, a few yards away; Herr
Haase moved a pace, hesitated, and remained standing.
"I'll stand," said Bettermann shortly. "And what are the three things that you
have got to do?"
"Why," replied the Baron, evenly, "the obvious three, surely to pay for your
broken window nicht wahr? to pay the fine for killing the fish, and to pay your
price for the machine. There is nothing else to pay for, is there?"
"So, if you will tell us the figure that will content you, we can dispatch the
matter," continued the Baron. "That is your part to name a figure. Supposing
always" his voice slowed; the words dropped one by one "supposing always that
there is a figure!"
The other continued to stare, gaunt as a naked tree in the evening flush, his face
white under his tumbled hair, the jagged scar showing, upon it like a new wound.
"You don't suppose you'll get the thing for nothing, do you?" he broke out
suddenly.
The Baron shook his head. "No," he said, "I don't think that. But it has struck me
I may not need my cheque-book. You see, for all I can tell, Herr Bettermann, the
window may be insured; and the police may not hear of the fish; and as for the
machine well, the machine may be for sale; but you have less the manner of a
salesman, Herr Bettermann, than any man I have ever seen."
The Baron nodded. "I was sure of it," he said. "Well, if you will let me, I'll be
your salesman for you; I have sold things in my time, and for great prices too.
Now, I can see that you are in a difficulty. You are a patriotic Swiss citizen and
you have scruples about letting your invention go out of your own country; is
that it? Because, if so, it can be arranged."
He stopped; the lean youth had uttered a spurt of laughter, bitter and
contemptuous.
"Swiss!" he cried. "No more Swiss than yourself, Herr Baron!"
"Eh?" To Herr Haase, watching through his mask of respectful aloofness, it was
as though the Baron's mind and countenance together snapped almost audibly
into a narrowed and intensified alertness. The deep, white-fringed brows
gathered over the shrewd pale eyes. "Not a Swiss?" he queried. "What are you,
then?"
"Huh!" the other jeered, openly. "I knew you the moment I saw you. Old Herr
Steinlach, eh? Why, man, I've been expecting you and getting ready for you ever
since your blundering, swaggering spy there" with a jerk of a rigid thumb
towards Von Wetten "and this fat slave" Herr Haase was indicated here "first
came sniffing round my premises. I knew they'd be sending you along, with your
blank cheques and your tongue; and here you are!"
He mouthed his words in an extravagance of offence and ridicule; his gaunt body
and his thin arms jerked in a violence of gesticulation, and the jagged scar that
striped his face pulsed from red to white. The old baron, solid and unmoving on
his seat, watched him with still attention.
"Not a Swiss?" he persisted, when the young man had ceased to shout and shrug.
For answer, suddenly as an attacker, the young man strode across to him and
bent, thrusting his feverish and passion-eaten face close to the other man's. His
forefinger, long, large-knuckled, jerked up; he traced with it upon his face the
course of the great disfiguring scar that flamed diagonally from the inner corner
of the right eye to the rim of the sharp jaw.
"Did you ever see a Swiss that carried a mark like that?" he cried, his voice
breaking to a screech. "Or an Englishman, or a Frenchman? Or anybody but but"
he choked breathlessly on his words "or anybody but a German? Man, it's my
passport!"
He remained yet an instant, bent forward, rigid finger to face, then rose and
stepped back, breathing hard. The three of them stuck, staring at him.
Von Wetten broke the silence. "German?" he said, in that infuriating tone of
peremptory incredulity which his kind in all countries commands. "You, a
German?"
The lean youth turned on him with a movement like a swoop. "Yes me!" he spat.
"And a deserter from my military service, too! Make the best of that, you
Prussian Schweinhund!"
"Was!" Von Wetten started as though under a blow; his monocle fell; he made a
curious gesture, bringing his right hand across to his left hip as though in search
of something; and gathered himself as though about to spring to his feet. The
Baron lifted a quiet hand and subdued him.
"Yes," he said, in his even, compelling tones. "Make the best of that, Von
Wetten."
Von Wetten stared, arrested in the very act of rising. "Zu Befehl, Herr Baron," he
said, in a strained voice, and continued staring. The Baron watched him
frowningly an instant, to make sure of his submission, and turned again to Herr
Bettermann where he stood, lean and glowering, before them.
Behind him, where the house windows shone rosy in the sunset, Herr Haase
could see upon the lower balcony the shimmer of a white frock and a face that
peeped and drew back. The little wife was listening.
"It was the captain of my company," said Bettermann, with a glare at Von
Wetten. "Another Prussian swine-dog like this brute here." He waited. Von
Wetten regarded him with stony calm and did not move. Bettermann flushed.
"He sent me for his whip, and when I brought it, he called me to attention and
cut me over the face with it."
"Just one cut across the face, me with my heels glued together and my hands
nailed to my sides," went on Bettermann. "Then 'Dismiss!' he ordered, and I
saluted and turned about and marched away with my smashed face. And then
you ask me if I am a Swiss!" He laughed again.
"But," demanded the Baron, "what had you done? Why did he do that to you?"
"Didn't I tell you he was a Prussian swine?" cried Bettermann. "Isn't that reason
enough? But, if you will know, he'd seen me speak to a lady in the street.
Afterwards me standing to attention, of course! he made a foul comment on her,
and asked me for her name and address."
Herr Haase saw the girl on the balcony lean forward as though to hear the word,
its pride and its bitterness, and draw back again as though to hear it had been all
that she desired.
"Von Wetten!" The Baron spoke briskly. "You hear what Herr Bettermann tells
me? Such things happen in the army do they?"
Von Wetten shrugged. "They are strictly illegal, sir," he replied, formally. "There
are severe penalties prescribed for such actions. But, in the army, in the daily
give-and-take of the life of a regiment, of course, they do happen. Herr
Bettermann," very stiffly, "was unfortunate."
Betterman was staring at him, but said nothing. The Baron glanced from Von
Wetten to the lean young man and shook his head.
"Forgotten!" said the other. "No, I've not forgotten. And, so that you shan't
forget, I've got it written down for you!"
He fished a card from the breast-pocket of his blue shirt. The Baron received it,
and held it up to the light.
"Captain Graf von Specht, the Kaiserjaeger," he read aloud. "Ever hear of him,
Von Wetten?"
"He will regret, I am sure," interrupted the Baron, pocketing the card. "And he
will have good cause. Well, Herr Bettermann, I think I know your terms now.
You want to see the Graf von Specht again here? I am right, am I not?"
"Certainly!" The old baron was replying to young Bettermann. "And stand to
attention! And salute! I told you that I would agree to your terms, and I agree
accordingly. Captain that is, Colonel von Specht shall be here, with the whip, as
soon as the telegraph and the train can bring him. And then, I assume, the
machine."
"Pardon!" Captain von Wetten had risen. "I have not understood." He came
forward between the two, very erect and military, and rather splendid with his
high-held head and drilled comeliness of body. "There has been much elegance
of talk and I am stupid, no doubt; but, in plain German, what is it that Colonel
von Specht is to do?"
Bettermann swooped at him again, choking with words; the captain stood like a
monument callous to his white and stammering rage, the personification and
symbol of his caste and its privilege.
It was the Baron who answered from his seat on the parapet, not varying his tone
and measured delivery.
"Colonel von Specht," he said, "is to bring a whip here and stand to attention
while Herr Bettermann cuts him over the face with it. That is all. Now sit down
and be silent."
Captain von Wetten did not move. "This is impossible," he said. "There are
limits. As a German officer, I resent the mere suggestion of this insult to the
corps of officers. Your Excellency."
The Baron lifted that quiet hand of his. "I order you to sit down and be silent," he
said.
Captain von Wetten hesitated. It seemed to Herr Haase, for a flattering instant,
that the captain's eyes sought his own, as though in recognition of a familiar and
favorable spirit. He tried to look respectfully sympathetic.
He turned and stalked away to his former place. The Baron, watching him,
smiled briefly.
"Well, Herr Bettermann," said the Baron, rising stiffly, "it will not help us to
have this arrangement of ours in writing. I think we'll have to trust one another.
Our chemists, then, can come to you for the formula as soon as you have
finished with Colonel von Specht? That is agreed yes? Good! And you see, I was
right from the beginning; I did not need my cheque-book after all."
He began to move towards the house, beckoning Captain von Wetten and Herr
Haase to follow him. Herr Haase picked up the empty suit-case, stood aside to
let Von Wetten pass, and brought up the rear of the procession.
At the foot of the wooden steps that led up to the veranda, the Baron halted and
turned to Bettermann.
"One thing makes me curious," he said. "Suppose we had not accepted your
terms, what would you have done? Sold your machine to our enemies?"
Bettermann was upon the second step, gauntly silhouetted against the yellow
wood of the house. He looked down into the elder man's strong and subtle face.
"No," he answered. "I meant to at first, but I haven't purged the German out of
me yet and I couldn't. But I'd let your army of slaves and slave-drivers be beaten
by its own slavery as it would be and you know it. I wouldn't take a hand in it;
only, if anything happened to me; if, for instance, I disappeared some night, well,
you'd find the machine and the formula in the hands of the English, that's all!"
He turned and led the way up the wooden steps. It seemed to tired Herr Haase,
lugging the suit-case, that Captain von Wetten was swearing under his breath.
He was not imaginative, our Herr Haase; facts were his livelihood and the
nurture of his mind. But in the starved wastes of his fancy something had struck
a root, and as he rode Thun-wards in the front seat of the car, with the suit-case
in his lap and the setting sun in his eyes, he brooded upon it. It was the glimpse
of the little wife in the balcony the girl who had lived with the scar upon her
husband's face and in his soul, and had leaned forward to eavesdrop upon his
cruel triumph. Behind him, the two demi-gods talked together; snatches of their
conversation tempted him to listen; but Herr Haase was engrossed with another
matter. When the Prussian colonel, one living agony of crucified pride, stood for
the blow, and the whip whistled through the air to thud on the flesh of his
upturned face would she be watching then?
He was still thinking of it when the car drew up at the hotel door.
In the Baron's upper room, where that morning he had suffered the torture of the
boot, Herr Haase was given a seat at the little writing-table. The Baron himself
cleared it for him, wiping its piles of papers to the floor with a single sweep of
his hand.
"Get ready to write the telegrams which we shall dictate," he commanded. "But
first will you be able to get them through in code?"
"Code is forbidden, your Excellency," replied Herr Haase, in his parade voice.
"But we have also a phrase-code, a short phrase for every word of the message
which passes. It makes the telegram very long."
"Also gut!" approved the Baron. "Now, Von Wetten, first we will wire the Staff.
You know how to talk to them; so dictate a clear message to Haase here."
Von Wetten was standing by the door, hat and cane in hand. His face, with its
vacant comeliness, wore a formality that was almost austere.
"Zu Befehl, Excellenz," he replied. "But has your Excellency considered that,
after all, there may be other means? I beg your Excellency's pardon, but it occurs
to me that we have not tried alternative offers. For instance, we are not limited as
to money."
The Baron made a little gesture of impatience, indulgent and paternal. He leaned
a hand on the table and looked over Herr Haase's head to the tall young officer.
"We are not limited as to colonels, either," he answered. "We must think
ourselves lucky, I suppose, that he went no higher than a colonel. There was a
moment when I thought he was going very much higher to the very top, Von
Wetten. For, make no mistake, that young man knows his value."
Von Wetten frowned undecidedly. "The top," he repeated. "There is only one top.
You can't mean?"
The Baron took the word from his mouth. "Yes," he said, "the Emperor. I thought
for a while he was going to demand that. And do you know what I should have
answered?"
Von Wetten threw up his head and his face cleared. "Of course I know," he said.
"You'd have cut the dirty traitor down where he stood!"
The Baron did not move. "No," he said. "I should have accepted those terms
also, Von Wetten."
The Baron's hand rested on the edge of the table in front of Herr Haase; he sat,
staring at it, a piece of human furniture on the stage of a tragedy. The other two
confronted each other above his patient and useful head. He would have liked to
look from one to the other, to watch their faces, but he was too deeply drilled for
that. He heard Von Wetten's voice with a quaver in it.
"Yes," answered the Baron. "Badly! It is not just this battle that is going on now
in France; it strikes deeper than that. The plan that was to give us victory has
failed us; we find ourselves, with a strength which must diminish, fighting an
enemy whose strength increases. We must not stop at anything now; what is at
stake is too tremendous."
"But—."
The Baron hushed him. "Listen, Von Wetten," he said. "I will be patient with
you. I do not speak to you of of the Idea of which Germany and Prussia are the
body and the weapon. No; but have you ever realized that you, yes, you! belong
to the most ridiculed, most despised nation on earth? That your countrywomen
furnish about eighty per cent. of the world's prostitutes; that a German almost
anywhere is a waiter, or a sausage-manufacturer, or a beer-seller, the butt of
comic papers in a score of languages? All that has not occurred to you, eh?
"Well, think of it, and think, too, of what this machine may do for us. Think of a
Germany armed in a weaponless world, and, if empire and mastery convey
nothing to you, think of oh! American women walking the streets in Berlin,
comic English waiters in German cafe's, slavish French laborers in German
sweat-shops. And all this boxed into a machine on a tripod by a monomaniac
whose price we can pay!"
He paused and walked towards the window. "Dictate the telegram to the
Staff, Von Wetten," he said, over his shoulder.
Von Wetten laid his hat and cane on a chair and crossed the room. "I feel as if I
were stabbing a fellow-officer in the back," he said, drearily. Then, to Herr
Haase: "Take this, you!"
"Zu Befehl, Herr Hauptmann," said Herr Haase, and picked up his pen.
There were twelve long telegrams in all, of which many had to be amended,
pruned, sub-edited, and rewritten; each was directed to a plain private address in
Berlin, and each was to be answered to the address of Herr Haase. One, which
gave more trouble than any of the others, was to Siegfried Meyer, Number One,
Unter den Linden; it was long before the Baron and Von Wetten could smooth its
phrases to a suavity and deference which satisfied them. Coffee was brought
them to lubricate their labors, but none to Herr Haase; his part was to write
down, scratch out, rewrite, while beyond the windows the night marched up
from the east and the lake grew bleak and vague.
"Now, my good Haase," said the Baron, when the last word-fabric was decided
upon and confirmed, "you will take those home with you, put them into code,
and dispatch them. You should have the last of them off by midnight. And to-
morrow, when the answers begin to come, you will report here as quickly as
possible."
"Zu befehl, Excellenz," said Herr Haase, his hands full of papers.
"Good night to your Excellency," returned Herr Haase, from the doorway. "Good
night, Herr Hauptmann!" to Von Wetten's back.
There was a moon at midnight, a great dull disc of soft light touching the antique
gables and cloistered streets of the little city to glamour, blackening the shadows
under the arches, and streaking the many channels of the swift river with long
reflections. Herr Haase, returning from the telegraph office, walked noiseless as
a ghost through those ancient streets, for he had soft bedroom slippers on his
feet. His work was done for the day; he had put off business as one lays aside a
garment. From his lips ascended the mild incense of one of those moist yellow
cigars they make at Vevey. He paused upon the first bridge to gaze down upon
the smooth, hurrying water, and his soul that soul which served the general
purpose of a monkey-wrench in adjusting the machine of history spoke aloud.
"A rum-punch," it confided to the night and the moon. "Yes, two glasses; and a
belegtes Brodchen; and a warm foot-bath. And then, bed!"
Not for him, at any rate, were the doubts and hopes that tangled in the Baron von
Steinlach's massive head. A man with sore feet is prone to feel that the ground he
stands on is at least solid. In his pleasant veranda next morning, with his coffee
fragrant before him on the chequered tablecloth, he read in the Bund: the British
communique of the battle of the Somme, new villages taken, fortified woods
stormed, prisoners multiplying, the whole monstrous structure of the German
war-machine cracking and failing. While he read he ate and drank tranquilly; no
thoughts of yesterday's business intruded upon his breakfast peace. He finished
the communique.
It was a good and easy day that thus opened. The answers to his telegrams did
not begin to arrive till noon, and then they were only formulae acknowledging
receipt, which he did not need his code-book to decipher. With his black
umbrella opened against the drive of the sun, he carried them at his leisure to the
Baron, where he sat alone in his cool upper chamber working deliberately
among his papers, received the customary ghost of a smile and the murmur, "Der
gute Haase," and got away. The slovenly porter, always with his look of having
slept in his clothes, tried to engage him in talk upon the day's news. "You," said
Herr Haase, stepping round him, "are one of those who believe anything;
schamen Sie sich!" And so back to the comfortable villa on the hillside with its
flaming geraniums and its atmosphere of that comfort and enduring
respectability which stood to Herr Haase for the very inwardness of Germany.
Yes, a good day!
It lasted as long as the daylight; the end of it found Herr Haase, his lamp alight,
his back turned to the Alpine-glow on the mountains, largely at ease in his chair,
awaiting the arrival of his Dienstmadchen with the culminating coffee of the day.
His yellow cigar was alight; he was fed and torpid; digestion and civilization
were doing their best for him. As from an ambush there arrived the fat, yellow
telegraph envelope.
"Ach, was!" protested Herr Haase. "And I thought it was the coffee you were
bringing."
"'S Kaffee kommt gleich," the stout, tow-haired girl assured him; but already he
had torn open the envelope and was surveying its half-dozen sheets of code. Two
hours of work with the key, at least; he groaned, and hoisted himself from his
chair.
"Bring the coffee to the office," he bade, and went to telephone a warning to the
Baron.
The code was a cumbersome one; its single good quality was that it passed
unsuspected at a time when nervous telegraph departments were refusing all
ciphers. It consisted of brief phrases and single words alternately; the single
words the codebook offered a selection of a couple of hundred of them were
meaningless, and employed solely to separate the phrases; and for half an hour
Herr Haase's task was to separate this ballast from the cargo of the message and
jettison it. There lay before him then a string of honest-looking mercantile
phrases "market unsettled," "collections difficult," and the like which each
signified a particular word. He sat back in his chair and took a preliminary
glance at the thing.
It was a code he used frequently himself, and there were phrases in the message,
two or three, which he knew by heart. As he scanned it it struck him that all of
these were of the same character; they were words of deprecation or demur.
"Existing rate of exchange" meant "regret"; "active selling" meant "impossible";
and "usual discount" was the code-form of "unfortunate." Herr Haase frowned
and reached for his key.
Midnight was close at hand when he reached the Baron's room, with the
telegram and his neatly-written interpretation in an envelope. He had changed
his coat and shoes for the visit; it was the usual Herr Haase, softish of substance,
solemn of attire, official of demeanor, who clicked and bowed to the Baron and
Von Wetten in turn.
He wore a brown cloth dressing-gown with a cord about the middle; and
somehow the garment, with its long skirts and its tied-in waist, looked like a
woman's frock? With the white hair and the contained benevolence and power of
his face it gave him the aspect of a distorted femininity, a womanhood unnatural
and dire. Even Herr Haase perceived it, for he stared a moment open-mouthed
before he recovered himself. Von Wetten, smoking, in an easy chair, was in
evening dress.
Von Wetten took his cigar from his lips and held it between his fingers. The
Baron waved the proffered envelope from him.
"Zu befehl, Excellenz!" Herr Haase produced from the envelope the crackling
sheet of thin paper, held it up to the light, standing the while with heels together
and chest outthrust, and read in the high barrack-square voice:
"Herr Sigismund Haase, Friedrichsruhe, Thunam-See, Switzerland. From Secret
Service Administration, Berlin. July 21st, 1916. In reply to your code-message
previously acknowledged, regret to report that officer you require was recently
severely wounded. Hospital authorities report that it is impossible to move him.
Trust this unfortunate event does not stultify your arrangements. Your further
instructions awaited."
Herr Haase refolded the paper and returned it to the envelope and stood waiting.
It was Von Wetten who spoke first. "Thank God!" he said loudly.
The old baron, standing near him, hands joined behind his back, had listened to
the reading with eyes on the floor. He shook his head now, gently, dissenting
rather than contradicting.
"I know," said the Baron. "I know what you thanked God for; and I tell you don't
be in too great a hurry."
He began to walk to and fro in the room. He let his hands fall to his sides; he was
more than ever distortedly womanlike, almost visibly possessed and driven by
his single purpose. Von Wetten, the extinct cigar still poised in his hand, watched
him frowningly.
"Sometimes" the Baron seemed to speak as often a man deep in thought will
hum a tune "sometimes I have felt before what I feel now a current in the
universe that sets against me, against us. Something pulls the other way. It has all
but daunted me once or twice."
"But, Excellency," urged Von Wetten, "there are still ways and means. If we can
decoy this inventor-fellow across the frontier and then, there is his wife! Pressure
could be brought to bear through the woman. If we got hold of her, now!"
The Baron stared at him for some moments, at the solid, capable, biddable
creature he was, stable and passive in the jar of the overturned world. He pointed
to the table.
"Sit there, my good Haase," he ordered. "I will dictate you a telegram. Not code
this time, plain German!"
"Sign it as before," directed the Baron. "You see, Von Wetten, it was too soon!"
Von Wetten had not moved; he sat staring at the Baron. His hand twitched and
the dead cigar fell to the floor.
"I don't care," he burst out, "it's wrong; it's not worth it nothing could be. I'd be
willing to go a long way, but a Prussian officer! It's, it's sacrilege. And a
wounded man at that!"
The Baron did not smile but mirth was in his face. "That was an afterthought,
Von Wetten," he said "the wounded man part of it." He turned to Herr Haase
impatiently.
"Off with you!" he commanded. "Away, man, and get that message sent! Let me
have the replies as they arrive. No, don't wait to bow and say good night; run,
will you!"
His long arm, in the wide sleeve of the gown, leaped up, pointing to the door.
Herr Haase ran.
"No," gasped Herr Haase. "Can't you read? This is plain German!"
Herr Haase, one has gathered, was not afflicted with that weakness of the sense
which is called imagination. Not his to dream dreams and see visions; nor, while
he tenderly undressed himself and put himself into his bed, to dwell in profitless
fancy over the message he had sent, bursting like a shell among the departments
and administrations which are the body of Germany's official soul. Nor later
either, when the spate of replies kept him busy decoding and carrying them down
to the Baron, did he read into them more than the bare import of their wording.
"Von Specht transferred to hospital coach attached special train, accompanied
military doctor and orderlies in civil clothes. Left Base Hospital No. 64 at 3:22
P.M. Condition weak, feverish," said the first of them. It did not suggest to him
the hush of the white ward broken by the tread of the stalwart stretcher-bearers,
the feeble groaning as they shifted the swathed and bandaged form from the bed
to the stretcher, the face thin and haggard with yet remains of sunburn on its
bloodlessness, the progress to the railway, the grunt and heave of the men as they
hoisted their burden to the waiting hospital-carriage. None of all that for Herr
Haase.
"You, my good Haase, will meet the train," said the Baron von Steinlach. "The
Embassy has arranged to have it shunted to a siding outside the station. You will,
of course, tell them nothing of what is in contemplation. Just inform whoever is
in charge that I will come later. And, Von Wetten, I think we will send the car
with a note to bring Herr Bettermann here at the same time."
"Here, Excellency?"
"Yes," said the Baron. "After all, we want to keep the thing as quiet as possible,
and that fellow is capable of asking a party of friends to witness the ceremony."
There was malicious amusement in the eye he turned on Von Wetten. "And we
don't want that, do we?" he suggested.
The siding at which the special train finally came to rest was "outside the
station" in the sense that it was a couple of miles short of it, to be reached by a
track-side path complicated by piles of sleepers and cinder-heaps. Herr Haase,
for the purpose of his mission, had attired himself sympathetically rather than
conveniently; he was going to visit a colonel and, in addition to other splendors,
he had even risked again the patent leather boots. He was nearly an hour behind
time when he reached at length the two wagons-lits carriages standing by
themselves in a wilderness of tracks.
"Hi! You, what do you want here?" called the owner of the face to
Herr Haase.
"Oh!" he said, and spoke his own name. "Civil-doctor Fallwitz. I've been
expecting somebody. You'd better come inside, hadn't you?"
Outside was light and heat; inside was shadow and heat. Dr. Fallwitz led the way
along the corridor of the car, with its gold-outlined scrollwork and many brass-
gadgeted doors, to his own tiny compartment, smelling of hot upholstery and
tobacco. Herr Haase removed his hat and sank puffing upon the green velvet
cushions.
"Yes," said Herr Haase. "But, Herr Doktor, since you are so good it is not only
that. If it is gross of me to ask it but if I might take off my boots for some
moments. You see, they are new."
The doctor stood watching him while he struggled with the buttons, and while he
watched he frowned and gnawed at the amber mouthpiece of his pipe.
He waited till Herr Haase, with a loud, luxurious grunt, had drawn off the second
boot.
Herr Haase shifted his toes inside his socks. "You mean Colonel von
Specht? But isn't he here, then?"
The young doctor shook his head. "We obeyed orders," he said. "We had to.
Those people think that life and death are subject to orders. I kept him going till
we got here, but about an hour ago he had a hemorrhage."
He put his pipe back into his mouth, inhaled and exhaled a cloud of smoke, and
spoke again.
"Died before we could do anything," he said. "You see, after all he had been
through, he hadn't much blood to spare. What did they want him here for, do you
know?"
"No," said Herr Haase. "But I know the Herr Baron was needing him
particularly. Was fur eine Geschichte!"
It had happened to Herr Haase never to see a dead man before. Therefore, among
the incidents of his career, he will not fail to remember that the progress in his
socks from the one car to the other, the atmosphere of the second car where the
presence of death was heavy on the stagnant air, and the manner in which the
thin white sheet outlined the shape beneath. A big young orderly in shabby
civilian clothes was on guard; at the doctor's order he drew down the sheet and
the dead man's face was bare. He who had slashed a helpless conscript across the
face with a whip, for whom yet any service of his Fatherland was "good
enough," showed to the shrinking Herr Haase only a thin, still countenance from
whose features the eager passion and purpose had been wiped, leaving it resolute
in peace alone.
"I I didn't know they looked like that," whispered Herr Haase.
The two homeward miles of cindery path were difficult; the sun was tyrannical;
his boots were a torment; yet Herr Haase went as in a dream. He had seen
reality; the veil of his daily preoccupations had been rent for him; and it needed
the impertinence of the ticket-collector at the door of the station, who was
unwilling to let him out without a ticket, to restore him. That battle won, he
found himself a cab, and rattled over the stones of Thun to the hotel door. He
prepared no phrases in which to clothe his news; facts are facts and are to be
stated as facts. What he murmured to himself as he jolted over the cobbles was
quite another matter.
"Ticket, indeed!" he breathed rancorously. "And I tipped him two marks only last
Christmas!"
The Baron's car was waiting at the hotel door; the cab drew up behind it. The
cabman, of course, wanted more than his due, and didn't get it; but the debate
helped to take Herr Haase's mind still further off his feet. He entered the cool
hall of the hotel triumphantly and made for the staircase.
He turned; he had not seen the lady in the deep basket-chair just within the door,
but now, as she rose and came towards him, he recognized her. It was the wife of
Bettermann, the inventor, the shape upon the balcony of the chalet who had
overlooked their experiments and overheard the bargain they had made.
He remembered her as little and pleasantly pretty; her presence above them on
the balcony had touched his German sentimentalism. She was pretty now, with
her softness and blossom-like fragility, but with it was a tensity, a sort of
frightened desperation.
She hesitated for words, facing him with lips that trembled, and large, painful
eyes of nervousness. "He he is here," she said, at last. "My husband they sent a
car to fetch him to them. He is up there now, with them!"
Herr Haase did not understand. "But yes, gracious lady," he answered.
"Why not? The Herr Baron wished to speak to him."
She put out a small gloved hand uncertainly and touched his sleeve.
"No," she said. "Tell me! I, I am so afraid. That other, the officer who cut Egon's
face my husband's I mean, he has arrived? Tell me, mein Herr! Oh, I thought you
would tell me; I saw you the other day, and those others never spoke to you, and
you were the only one who looked kind and honest." She gulped and recovered.
"He has arrived?"
"Well, now," began Herr Haase paternally. In all his official life he had never
"told" anything. Her small face, German to its very coloring, pretty and pleading,
tore at him.
"Yes, he has arrived," he said shortly. "I have I have just seen him."
"Oh!" It was almost a cry. "Then then they will do it? Mein Herr, mein Herr, help
me! Egon, he has been thinking only of this for years; and now, if he does it, he
will think of nothing else all his life. And he mustn't he mustn't! It's it will be
madness. I know him. Mein Herr, there is nobody else I can ask; help me!"
The small gloved hand was holding him now, holding by the sleeve of his
superlative black coat of ceremony, plucking at it, striving to stir him to
sympathy and understanding; the face, hopeful and afraid, strained up at him.
Gently he detached the gloved hand on his sleeve, holding it a second in his own
before letting it go.
"Listen," he said. "That bargain is cancelled. Colonel von Specht died to-day."
He turned forthwith and walked to the stairs. He did not look back at her.
Herr Haase, removing his hat, composing his face to a nullity of official
expression, entered.
After the shadow of the hall and the staircase, the window blazed at him. The
Baron was at his little table, seated sideways in his chair, toying with an ivory
paper-knife, large against the light. Von Wetten stood beside him, tall and very
stiff, withdrawn into himself behind his mask of Prussian officer and aristocrat;
and in a low chair, back to the door and facing the other two, Bettermann sat.
He screwed round awkwardly to see who entered, showing his thin face and its
scar, then turned again to the Baron, large and calm and sufficient before him.
"I tell you," he said, resuming some talk that had been going on before Herr
Haase's arrival: "I tell you, the letter of the bargain or nothing!"
The Baron had given to Herr Haase his usual welcome of a half smile, satiric and
not unkindly. He turned now to Bettermann.
"But certainly," he answered. He slapped the ivory paper-knife against his palm.
"I was not withdrawing from the bargain. I was merely endeavoring to point out
to you at the instance of my friend here" a jerk of the elbow towards Von Wetten
"the advantages of a million marks, or several million marks, plus the cashiering
of Colonel von Specht from the army, over the personal satisfaction which you
have demanded for yourself. But since you insist."
The Baron smiled his elderly, temperate smile. "So be it," he said.
"Well, my good Haase, what have you to tell us?"
Herr Haase brought his heels together, dropped his thumbs to the seams of his
best trousers, threw up his chin, and barked:
"Your Excellency, I have seen the Herr Colonel Graf von Specht. He died at ten
minutes past eleven this morning."
His parade voice rang in the room; when it ceased the silence, for a space of
moments, was absolute. What broke it was the voice of Von Wetten.
The Baron swung round to him, but before he could speak Bettermann gathered
up the slack of his long limbs and rose from his chair. He stood a moment, gaunt
in his loose and worn clothes, impending over the seated baron.
"So that was it! Well" He paused, surveying the pair of them, the old man, the
initiate and communicant of the inmost heart of the machine through which his
soul had gone like grain through a mill, and the tall Prussian officer, at once the
motor and millstone of that machine. And he smiled. "Well," he repeated,
"there's the end of that!"
The door closed behind him; his retreating footsteps echoed in the corridor. The
Baron spoke at last. He stared up at Von Wetten, his strong old face seamed with
new lines.
He had screwed his monocle into his eye; it gave to his unconscious arrogance
the barb of impertinence.
"You!" The Baron cried out at him. "You thank God, do you? and neither your
thanks nor your God is worth the bones of a single Pomeranian grenadier! Do
you know what has happened, fool?"
The Baron caught himself. His face went a trifle pinker, but his mouth was hard
under the clipped white moustache and the heavy brows were level.
"I will tell you what has happened," he said deliberately. "I will try to make it
intelligible to you."
He held up the ivory paper-knife, its slender yellow blade strained in his two
hands.
"That is Germany to-day," he said, "bending." His strong hands tightened; the
paper-knife broke with a snap. "And that is Germany to-morrow broken. We
have failed."
He threw the two pieces from him to the floor and stared under the pent of his
brows at Von Wetten.
Their eyes engaged. But one of the pieces slid across the floor to Herr Haase's
feet. Orderly and serviceable always, Herr Haase bent and picked up the broken
pieces and put them back upon the table.
VIII
ALMS AND THE MAN
While she was yet dressing, she had heard the soft pad of slippers on the narrow
landing outside her room and the shuffle of papers; then, heralded by a single
knock, the scrape and crackle of a paper being pushed under her door. It was in
this fashion that the Maison Mardel presented its weekly bills to its guests.
"Merci!" she called aloud, leaving her dressing to go and pick up the paper. A
pant from without answered her and the slippers thudded away.
Standing by the door, with arms and shoulders bare, she unfolded the document,
a long sheet with a printed column of items and large inky figures in francs and
centimes written against them, and down in the right hand corner the dramatic
climax of the total. It was the total that interested Annette Kelly.
"H'm!" It was something between a gasp and a sigh. "They 're making the most
of me while I last," said Annette aloud.
Her purse was under her pillow, an old and baggy affair of shagreen, whose torn
lining had to be explored with a forefinger for the coins it swallowed. She
emptied it now upon the bed. The light of a Paris summer morning, golden and
serene, flowed in at the window, visiting the poverty of the little room with its
barren benediction and shining upon the figure of Annette as she bent above her
money and counted it She was a slender girl of some three-and-twenty years,
with hair and eyes of a somber brown; six weeks of searching for employment in
Paris and economizing in food, of spurring herself each morning to the tone of
hope and resolution, of returning each evening footsore and dispirited, had a
little blanched and touched with tenseness a face in which there yet lingered
some of the soft contours of childhood.
She sat down beside the money on the bed, her ankles crossed below her
petticoat; her accounts were made up. After paying the bill and bestowing one
franc in the unavoidable tip, there would remain to her exactly eight francs for
her whole resources. It was the edge of the precipice at last. It was that precipice,
overhanging depths unseen and terrible, which she was contemplating as she sat,
feet swinging gently in the rhythm of meditation, her face serious and quiet. For
six weeks she had seen it afar off; now it was at hand and immediate.
"Well," said Annette slowly; she had already the habit of talking aloud to herself
which comes to lonely people. She paused. "It just means that today I've got to
get some work. I've got to."
She rose, forcing herself to be brisk and energetic. The Journal, with its
advertisements of work to be had for the asking, had come to her door with the
glass of milk and the roll which formed her breakfast, and she had already made
a selection of its more humble possibilities. She ran them over in her mind as she
finished dressing. Two offices required typists; she would go to both. A cashier
in a shop and an English governess were wanted. "Why shouldn't I be a
governess?" said Annette. And finally, somebody in the Rue St. Honore required
a young lady of good figure and pleasant manner for "reception." There were
others, too, but it was upon these five that Annette decided to concentrate.
She put on her hat, took her money and her Journal, and turned to the door. A
curious impulse checked her there and she came back to the mirror that hung
above her dressing-table.
"Let's have a look at you!" said Annette to the reflection that confronted her.
She stood, examining it seriously. It was, she thought, quite presentable, a trim,
quiet figure of a girl who might reasonably ask work and a wage; she could not
find anything in it to account for those six weeks of refusals. She perked her chin
and forced her face to look assured and spirited, watching the result in the
mirror.
"Ye-es," she said at last, and nodded to the reflection. "You'll have to do; but I
wish I wish you hadn't got that sort of doomed look. Good-bye, old girl!"
At the foot of the stairs, in the open door of that room which was labeled
"Bureau," where a bed and a birdcage and a smell of food kept company with the
roll-top desk, stood the patronne, Madame Mardel. She moved a little forth into
the passage as Annette approached.
She was a large woman, grossly fleshy, with clothes that strained to creaking
point about her body and gaped at the fastenings. Her vast face, under her
irreproachably neat hair the hair of a Parisienne was swarthy and plethoric, with
the jowl of a bulldog and eyes tiny and bright. Annette knew her for an artist in
"extras," a vampire that had sucked her purse lean with deft overcharges, a
creature without mercy or morals. But the daily irony of her greeting had the
grace, the cordial inflexion, of a piece of distinguished politeness.
"Charming," agreed Annette. She produced the bill. "I may as well pay this
now," she suggested.
Madame's chill and lively eyes were watching her face, estimating her solvency
in the light of Madame's long experience of misfortune and despair. She
shrugged a huge shoulder deprecatingly.
"There is no hurry," she said. She always said that. "Still, since mademoiselle is
here."
Annette followed her into the bureau, that dimlighted sanctuary of Madame's
real life. Below the half-raised blind in the window the canaries in their cage
rustled and bickered; unwashed plates were crowded on the table; the big
unmade bed added a flavor of its own to the atmosphere. Madame eased herself,
panting, into the chair before the desk, revealing the great rounded expanse of
her back with its row of straining buttons and lozenge-shaped revelations of
underwear. With the businesslike deliberation of a person who transacts a serious
affair with due seriousness, she spread the bill before her, smoothing it out with a
practiced wipe of the hand, took her rubber stamp from the saucer in which' it
lay, inked it on the pad and waited. Annette had been watching her, fascinated by
that great methodical rhythm of movement, but at the pause she started, fished
the required coins from the old purse, and laid them at Madame's elbow. "Merci,
mademoiselle," said Madame, and then, and not till then, the stamp descended
upon the paper. A flick with a scratchy pen completed the receipt, and Madame
turned awkwardly in the embrace of her chair to hand it to Annette with her
weekly smile. The ritual was accomplished.
"Good morning, mademoiselle. Thank you; good luck."
The mirthless smile discounted the words; the cold, avid eyes were busy and
suspicious. Annette let them stare their fill while she folded the paper and tucked
it into the purse; she had had six weeks of training in the art of preserving a
cheerful countenance.
Then: "Good morning, madame," she smiled, with her gay little nod and reached
the door in good order.
There was still Aristide, the lame man-of-all-work, who absorbed a weekly franc
and never concealed his contempt of the amount. He was waiting on the steps,
leaning on a broom, and turned his rat's face on her, sourly and impatiently,
without a word. She paused as she came to him and dipped two fingers into the
poor old purse; Aristide's pale, red-edged eyes followed them, while his thin
mouth twisted into contempt.
"This is for you, Aristide," she said, and held out the coin.
"Yes." The insult never failed to hurt her; this morning, in particular, she would
have been glad to set forth upon the day's forlorn hope without that preface of
hate and cruel greed. But Aristide still stood, with the coin in his open hand,
staring from it to her and she flinched from him. "Good morning," she said
timidly, and slipped past.
It needed the gladness of the day, its calm and colorful warmth, to take the taste
of Aristide out of her mouth and uplift her again to her mood of resolution. Her
way lay downhill; the first of her advertisements gave an address at the foot of
the Rue Lafayette; and soon the stimulus of the thronged streets, the mere
neighborhood of folk who moved briskly and with purpose, re-strung her
slackened nerves and she was again ready for the battle. And as she went her lips
moved.
"Mind, now!" she was telling herself. "Today's the end the very end.
You've got to get work today!"
The address in the Rue Lafayette turned out to be that of a firm of house and
estate agents; it was upon the first floor and showed to the landing four ground-
glass doors, of which three were lettered "Private," while the fourth displayed an
invitation to enter without knocking. Upon the landing, in the presence of those
inexpressive doors, behind which salaries were earned and paid and life was all
that was orderly and desirable, Annette paused for a space of moments to make
sure of herself.
"Now!" she said, with a deep breath, and pushed open the fourth door.
Within was an office divided by a counter, and behind the counter desks and the
various apparatus of business. The desks were unoccupied; the only person
present was a thin pretty girl seated before a typewriter. She looked up at
Annette across the counter; her face showed patches of too bright a red on the
cheekbones.
"Yes," said Annette. "The advertisement"—she stopped; the girl was still
smiling, but in a manner of deprecating and infinitely gentle regret.
Annette stared at her, feeling within again that rising chill of disappointment
with which she was already so familiar. "You mean" she stammered awkwardly
"you mean you've got the place?"
The thin girl spread her hands apart in a little French gesture of conciliation.
"Ten minutes ago," she answered. "There is no one here yet but the manager, and
I was waiting at the door when he arrived."
"Thank you," said Annette faintly. The thin girl, still regarding her with big
shadowy eyes, suddenly put a hand to her bosom and coughed. The neat big
office beyond the bar of the polished counter was unbearably pleasant to look at;
one could have been so happily busy at one's place between those tidy desks. A
sharp bell rang from an inner office; the thin girl rose. The hectic on her cheeks
burned brighter.
"I must go," she said hurriedly. "He wants me. I hope you will have good luck."
The sunlight without had lost some of its quality when Annette came forth to the
street again; it no longer warmed her to optimism. She stood for some moments
in the doorway of the building, letting her depression and discouragement have
their way with her.
"If only I might cry a bit," she reflected. "That would help a little. But I mustn't
even do that!"
She had to prod herself into fresh briskness with the sense of her need, that to-
day was the end. She sighed, jerked her chin up, set her small face into the shape
of resolute cheerfulness and started forth again in the direction of the second
vacancy for a typist.
Here, for a while, hope burned high. The office was that of a firm of thriving
wine exporters and the post had not yet been filled. The partner into whose office
she penetrated by virtue of her sheer determination to see someone in authority,
was a stout ruddy Marseillais, speaking French in the full-throated Southern
fashion; he was kindly and cheery, with broad vermilion lips a-smile through his
beard.
"Yes, we want a typist," he admitted; "but I'm afraid" his amiable brown eyes
scrutinized her with manifest doubt. "You have references?" he inquired.
Yes, Annette had references. She had only lost her last situation when her
employer went bankrupt; the testimonial she produced spoke well of her in every
sense. She gave it him to read. But what what was it in her that had inspired that
look of doubt, that look she had seen so often before in the eyes of possible
employers?
"Yes, it is very good." He handed the paper back to her, still surveying her and
hesitating. "And you are accustomed to the machine? H'm!"
It was then that hope flared up strongly. He could not get out of it; he must
employ her now. Salary? She would take what the firm offered! And still he
continued to look at her with a hint of embarrassment in his regard. She felt she
was trembling.
"I'm afraid" he began again, but stopped at her involuntary little gasp and shifted
uneasily in his chair. He was acutely uncomfortable. An idea came to him and he
brightened. "Well, you can leave your address and we will write to you. Yes, we
will write to you."
And to-day was the end! Annette stared at him. "When?" she asked shortly.
The burly man reddened dully; she had seen through his pretext for getting rid of
her. "Oh, in a day or two," he answered uneasily.
Annette rose. She had turned pale but she was quite calm and self-possessed.
"I I hoped to get work today," she said. "In fact, I must find it today. But will you
at least tell me why you won't give me the place?"
The big man's cheery face began to frown. He was being forced to fall back on
his right to employ or not to employ whom he pleased without giving reasons.
Annette watched him, and before he could speak she went on again.
"I'm not complaining," she said. Her voice was even and very low. "But there's
something wrong with me, isn't there? I saw how you looked at me at first. Well,
it wouldn't cost you anything, and it would help me a lot, if you'd just tell me
what it is that's wrong. You see, nobody will have me, and it's getting rather
rather desperate. So if you'd just tell me, perhaps I could alter something, and
have a chance at last."
Her serious eyes, the pallor of her face, and the level tones of her voice held him
like a hand on his throat. He was a man with the cordial nature of his race, prone
to an easy kindliness, who would have suffered almost any ill rather than feel
himself guilty of a cruelty. But how could he speak to her of the true reason for
refusing her the son in the business, the avid young debauchee whose victims
were girls in the firm's employ?
"If you'd just tell me what it is, I wouldn't bother you any more, and it might
make all the difference to me," Annette was saying.
She saw him redden and shift sharply in his chair; an impulse of his ardent blood
was spurring him to give her the work she needed, and then so to deal with his
son that he would never dare lift his eyes to her. But the instinct of caution
developed in business came to damp that dangerous warmth.
He stopped her with an upraised hand. "I am going to tell you," he said. "There
is a rule in this office, and behind the rule are good and sufficient reasons, that
we do not take into our employ women who are still young and pretty."
She heard him with no change of her rigid countenance. She understood, of
course; she had known in her time what it was to be persecuted. She would have
liked to tell him that she was well able to take care of herself, but she recalled
her promise not to bother him further.
She sighed, buttoning her glove. "It's a pity," she said unhappily, "because I
really am a good typist."
She raised her head. "Well, thank you for telling me, at any rate," she said.
"Good morning, monsieur."
"Good morning, mademoiselle," he replied, and held open the door for her to
pass out.
Once more the street and the sunshine and the hurry of passing strangers, each
pressing by about his or her concerns. Again she stood a little while in the
doorway, regarding the thronged urgency that surged in spate between the high,
handsome buildings, every unit of it wearing the air of being bound towards
some place where it was needed, while she alone was unwanted.
"I think," considered Annette, "that I ought to have some coffee or something,
since it's the last day."
She looked down along the street; not far away the awning of a cafe showed red
and white above the sidewalk, sheltering its row of little tables, and she walked
slowly towards it. How often in the last six weeks, footsore and leaden-hearted,
had she passed such places, feeling the invitation of their ease and refreshment in
every jarred and crying nerve of her body, yet resisting it for the sake of the
centimes it would cost.
She took a chair in the back row of seats, behind a small iron table, slackening
her muscles and leaning back, making the mere act of sitting down yield her her
money's worth. The shadow of the awning turned the day to a benign coolness;
there was a sense of privilege in being thus at rest in the very street, at the elbow
of its passers-by. A crop-headed German waiter brought the cafe au lait which
she ordered, and set it on the table before her two metal jugs, a cup and saucer, a
little glass dish of sugar, and a folded napkin. The cost was half a franc; she gave
him a franc, bade him keep the change, and was rewarded with half a smile, half
a bow, and a "Merci beaucoup, madame!" which in themselves were a balm to
her spirit, bruised by insult and failure. The coffee was hot; its fragrance gushed
up from her cup; since her last situation had failed her she was tasting for the
first time food that was appetizing and dainty.
She lifted the cup. "A short life and a merry one," she murmured, toasting herself
before she drank.
Six francs remained to her, and there were yet three employers to visit. The lady
in need of a governess and the shop which required a cashier were at opposite
ends of Paris; the establishment which desired a young lady for "reception" was
between the two. Annette, surveying the field', decided to reserve the "reception"
to the last. She finished her coffee, flavoring to the last drop the warm
stimulation of it; then, having built up again her hopeful mood, she set out anew.
It was three hours later, towards two o'clock in the afternoon, that she came on
foot, slowly, along the Rue St. Honore, seeking the establishment which had
proclaimed in the Journal its desire to employ, for purposes of "reception," a
young lady of good figure and pleasant manners. She had discovered, at the cost
of one of her remaining francs for omnibus fares, that a 50-franc a month
governess must possess certificates, that governessing is a skilled trade
overcrowded by women of the most various and remarkable talents. At the shop
that advertised for a cashier a floor-walker had glanced at her over his shoulder
for an instant, snapped out that the place was filled, and walked away.
The name she sought appeared across the way, lettered upon a row of first-floor
windows; it was a photographer's.
A thrill touched her as she went up the broad stairway of the building; the crucial
thing was at hand. The morning had been bad, but at each failure there had still
been a possibility ahead. Now, there was only this and nothing beyond.
A spacious landing, carpeted, and lit by the tall church-windows on the staircase,
great double doors with a brass plate, and a dim indoor sense pervading all the
place! Here, evidently, the sharp corners of commerce were rounded off; its
acolytes must be engaging female figures with affable manners.
"There is an advertisement in the Journal for a young lady," she said. "I have
come to apply for the post."
The smooth manservant lowered his head in a nod that was just not a bow, and
closed the tall door.
"Yes," he said. "If mademoiselle will give herself the trouble to be seated I will
inform the master."
The post was not filled, then. Annette sat down, let the wasp-hued flunkey pass
out of sight, and looked round at the room in which she found herself. It was
here, evidently, that the function of "reception" was accomplished. The
manservant admitted the client; one rose from one's place at the little inlaid desk
in the alcove and rustled forward across the gleaming parquet, with pleased and
deferential alacrity to bid Monsieur or Madame welcome, to offer a chair and the
incense of one's interest and delight in service. One added oneself to the quality
of the big, still apartment, with its antique furniture, its celebrities and notorieties
pictured upon its walls, its great chandelier, a-shiver with glass lusters hanging
overhead like an aerial iceberg. No noises entered from the street; here, the
business of being photographed was magnified to a solemnity; one drugged one's
victim with pomp before leading him to the camera.
"I could do it," thought Annette. "I'm sure I could do it. I could fit into all this
like a like a snail into a shell. I'd want shoes that didn't slide on the parquet; and
then oh, if only this comes off!"
A small noise behind her made her turn quickly. The door by which the footman
had departed was concealed by a portiere of heavy velvet; a hand had moved it
aside and a face was looking round the edge of it at her. As she turned, the owner
of it came forward into the room, and she rose.
"Be seated, be seated!" protested the newcomer in a high emasculate voice, and
she sat down again obediently upon the little spindle-legged Empire settee from
which she had risen.
"And you have come in consequence of the advertisement?" said the man with a
little giggle. "Yes; yes! We will see, then!"
He stood in front of her, half-way across the room, staring at her. He was a man
somewhere in the later thirties, wearing the velvet jacket, the cascading necktie,
the throat-revealing collar, and the overlong hair which the conventions of the
theatre have established as the livery of the artist. The details of this grotesque
foppery presented themselves to Annette only vaguely; it was at the man himself
as he straddled in the middle of the polished floor, staring at her, that she gazed
with a startled attention a face like the feeble and idiot countenance of an old
sheep, with the same flattened length of nose and the same weakly demoniac
touch in the curve and slack hang of the wide mouth. It was not that he was
merely ugly or queer to the view; it seemed to Annette that she was suddenly in
the presence of something monstrous and out of the course of Nature. His eyes,
narrow and seemingly colorless, regarded her with a fatuous complacency.
She flushed and moved in her seat under his long scrutiny. The creature sighed.
"Yes," he said, always in the same high, dead voice. "You satisfy the eye,
mademoiselle. For me, that is already much, since it is as an artist that I consider
you first. And your age?"
She told him. He asked further questions, of her previous employment, her
nationality, and so forth, putting them perfunctorily as though they were matters
of no moment, and never removing his narrow eyes from her face. Then, with
short sliding steps, he came across the parquet and sat down beside her on the
Empire settee.
Annette backed to the end of it and sat defensively on the edge, facing the
strange being. He, crossing his thin legs, leaned with an arm extended along the
back of the settee and his long, large-knuckled hand hanging limp. His sheep's
face lay over on his shoulder towards her; in that proximity its quality of feeble
grotesqueness was enhanced. It was like sitting in talk with a sick ape.
"Curiouser and curiouser!" quoted Annette to herself. "I ought to wake up next
and find he really doesn't exist."
"Mademoiselle!" The creature began to speak again. "You are the ninth who has
come hither today seeking the post I have advertised. Some I rejected because
they failed to conciliate my eye; I cannot, you will understand, be tormented by a
presence which jars my sense."
"A-ah!" The strange being sighed. "The others in each case, what a
disappointment! Girls beautiful, of a personality subdued and harmonious,
capable of taking their places in my environment without doing violence to its
completeness; but lacking the plastic and responsive quality which the hand of
the artist should find in his material. Resistant they were resistant, mademoiselle,
every one of them."
"Silly of them," said Annette briefly. She was meeting the secret stare of his
half-closed eyes quite calmly now; she was beginning to understand the furtive
satire in the regard of the smooth footman who had admitted each of those eight
others in turn and seen their later departure. "What was it they wouldn't do?" she
inquired.
"Do!" The limp hand flapped despairingly; the thin voice ran shrill. "I required
nothing of them. One enters; I view her; I seat myself at her side as I sit now
with you; I seek in talk to explore her resources of sentiment, of temperament, of
sympathy. Perhaps I take her hand" As though to illustrate the recital, his long
hand dropped suddenly and seized hers. He ceased to talk, surveying her with a
scared shrewdness.
Annette smiled, letting her hand lie where it was. She was not in the least afraid;
she had forgotten for the moment the barrenness of the streets that awaited her
outside, and the fact that she had come to the end of her hopes.
"Ah, but you." He was making ready to hitch closer along the seat, and she was
prepared for him.
"Oh, I'd let you hold them both if that were all," she replied. "But it isn't all, is
it?"
She smiled again at the perplexity in his face; his hands slackened and withdrew
slowly. "You haven't told me what salary you are offering," she reminded him.
She nodded. "I, too," she said, and rose. The man on the settee groaned and
heaved his shoulders theatrically; she stood, viewing in quiet curiosity that
countenance of impotent vileness. Other failures had left her with a sense of
defenselessness in a world so largely populated by men who glanced up from
their desks to refuse her plea for work. But now she had resources of power over
fate and circumstance; the streets, the night, the river, whatever of fear and
destruction the future held, could neither daunt nor compel her. She could go out
to meet them, free and victorious.
She shook her head at him. It was not worth while to speak. She went to the door
and opened it for herself; the smooth manservant was deprived of the spectacle
of her departure.
She went slowly down the wide stairs. "Nine of us," she was thinking. "Nine
girls, and not one of us was what did he call it? plastic. I'm not really alone in the
world, after all."
But it was very like being alone in the world to go slowly, with tired feet, along
the perspectives of the streets, to turn corners aimlessly, to wander on with no
destination or purpose. There was yet money in the old purse a single broad five-
franc piece; it would linger out her troubles for her till to-morrow.
She would need to eat, and her room at Madame Mardel's would come to three
francs; she did not mean to occupy it any longer than she could pay for it. And
then the morning would find her penniless in actuality.
Her last turning brought her out to the arches of the Rue de Rivoli; across the
way the trees of the Tuileries Gardens lifted their green to the afternoon sunlight.
She hesitated; then crossed the wide road towards the gardens, her thoughts still
hovering about the five-franc piece.
"It's a case for riotous living," she told herself, as she passed in to the smooth
paths beneath the trees. "Five francs' worth of real dinner or something like that.
Only I'm not feeling very riotous just now."
What she felt was that the situation had to be looked at, but that looking at it
could not improve it. Things had come to an end; food to eat, a bed to sleep in,
the mere bare essentials of life had ceased, and she had not an idea of what came
next; how one entered upon the process of starving to death in the streets.
Passers-by, strolling under the trees, glanced at her as she passed them,
preoccupied and unseeing, a neat, comely little figure of a girl in her quiet
clothes with her still composed face. She went slowly; there was a seat which
she knew of farther on, overshadowed by a lime tree, where she meant to rest
and put her thoughts in order; but already at the back of her mind there had risen,
vague as night, oppressive as pain, tainting her disquiet with its presence, the
hint of a consciousness that, after all, one does not starve to death pas si bete!
One takes a shorter way.
A lean youth, with a black cotton cap pulled forward over one eye, who had been
lurking near, saw the jerk with which she lifted her head as that black inspiration
was clear to her, and the sudden coldness and courage of her face, and moved
away uneasily.
A bend in the path had brought her suddenly to the seat under the lime tree; she
was within a couple of paces of it before she perceived that it had already its
occupant the long figure of a young man who sprawled back with his face
upturned to the day and slumbered with all that disordered and unbeautiful
abandon which goes with daylight sleep. His head had fallen over on one
shoulder; his mouth was open; his hands, grimy and large, showed half shut in
his lap. There was a staring patch of black sticking plaster at the side of his chin;
his clothes, that were yet decent, showed stains here and there; his face, young
and slackened in sleep, was burned brick-red by exposure. The whole figure of
him, surrendered to weariness in that unconscious and uncaring sprawl, seemed
suddenly to answer her question this was what happened next; this was the end
unless one found and took that shorter way.
"They walk till they can't walk any longer; then they sleep on benches. I could
never do that!"
She stood for some seconds longer, staring at the sleeping man. Resolution,
bitter as grief, mounted in her like a tide. "No, it shan't come to that with me!"
she cried inwardly. "Lounging with my mouth open for anyone to stare at! No!"
She turned, head up, body erect, face set strongly, and walked away.
Neither sheep-faced human grotesques in palatial offices nor all
Paris and its civilization should make her other than she wished to
be. She stepped out defiantly and stopped short.
The old purse was in her hand; through its flabby sides she could feel with her
fingers the single five-franc piece which it yet contained. Somehow, that had to
be disposed of or provided for; five francs was a serious matter to Annette. She
looked round; the man in the seat was still sleeping.
Treading quietly, she went back to him, taking the coin from her purse as she
went. Upon his right side his coat pocket bulged open; she could see that in it
was a little wad of folded papers. "His testimonials poor fellow!" she breathed.
Carefully she leaned forward and let the broad coin slip into the pocket among
the papers. Then, with an end of a smile twisted into the set of her lips, she
turned again and departed. Among the trees the lean youth in the black cotton
cap watched her go.
A day that culminates in sleep upon a bench in a public place is commonly a day
that has begun badly and maintained its character. In this case it may be said to
have begun soon after nine A.M. when a young man in worn tweed clothes and
carrying a handkerchief pressed to his jaw, stepped out from a taxi and into that
drug-store which is nearest to the Gare de Lyon. The bald, bland chemist who
presides there has a regular practice in the treatment of razor-cuts acquired
through shaving in the train; he looked up serenely across his glass-topped
counter.
"No! A thundering great gash," he answered with emphasis. "I want something
to patch it up with."
"Certainly certainly!" The bald apothecary had the airs of a family physician; he
smiled soothingly. "We shall find something. Let me now see the cut!"
Raleigh protruded his face across the soaps and the bottles of perfume, and the
apothecary rose on tiptoe to scrutinize the wound. The razor had got home on the
edge of the jaw with a scraping cut that bled handsomely.
"Ah!" The bald man nodded, and sought a bottle. "A little of this" he was
damping a rag of lint with the contents of the bottle "as a cleansing agent first. If
monsieur will bend down a little so."
Daintily, with precision and delicacy, he proceeded to apply the cleansing agent
to the cut; at the first dab the patient leapt back with an exclamation.
"It will pass in a moment," soothed the chemist. "And now, a little patch, and all
will be well."
His idea of a suitable dressing was two inches of stiff and shiny black plaster that
gripped at the skin like a barnacle and looked like a tragedy. Raleigh surveyed
the effect of it in a show-case mirror gloomily.
"I wonder you didn't put it in a sling while you were about it," he remarked
ungratefully. "People'll think I've been trying to cut my throat."
"Monsieur should grow a beard," counseled the chemist as he handed him his
change.
Raleigh grunted, disdaining, retort, and passed forth to his waiting cab. The day
had commenced inauspiciously. The night before, smoking his final cigarette in
his upper berth in the wagon-lit, he had tempted Providence by laying out for
himself a programme and a time schedule; and it looked as if Providence had
been unable to resist the temptation. The business of the firm in which he was
junior partner had taken him to Zurich; he had given himself a week's holiday in
the mountains, and was now on his way back to London. The train was due to
land him in Paris at half-past eight in the morning, and his plans were clear.
First, a taxi to the Cafe de la Paix and breakfast there under the awning while the
day ripened towards the hours of business; then a small cigar and a stroll along
the liveliness of the boulevard to the offices of the foundry company, where a
heart-to-heart talk with the manager would clear up several little matters which
were giving trouble. Afterwards, a taxi across the river and a call upon the
machine-tool people, get their report upon the new gear-steels and return to the
Gare du Nord in time to catch the two o'clock train for Calais.
He had settled the order of it to his satisfaction before he pulled the shade over
the lamp and turned over to sleep; and then, next morning, he had gashed
himself while shaving, and the train was forty minutes late.
"These clothes" there was a narrow slip of mirror between the front windows of
the taxi which reflected him, a section at a time "these clothes 'ud pass," he
considered gloomily, considering their worn and unbusinesslike quality. "But
with this" his fingers explored his chin "folks'll think we only do business
between sprees."
The manager of the foundry company was a French engineer who had been
trained in Pittsburg, a Frenchman of the new style, whose silky sweetness of
manner was the mask of a steely tenacity of purpose. He had a little devilish
black moustache, waxed at the points, like an earl of melodrama, and with it a
narrow cheerless smile that jeered into futility Raleigh's effort to handle the
subject on a basis of easy good fellowship. The heart-to-heart talk degenerated
into a keen business controversy, involving the consultation of letter-files; it took
more time than Raleigh had to spare; and in the end nothing was settled.
"You catch the airly train to London?" inquired the manager amiably, when
Raleigh was leaving.
"Yes," replied Raleigh warmly. "I'm going to get out of this while
I've got my fare left."
"Bon voyage," said the Frenchman smilingly. "You will present my compliments
to your father?"
"Not me," retorted Raleigh. "I'm not going to let him know I saw you."
The machine-tool people, to whom his next visit was due, were established south
of the river, a long drive from the boulevards. They were glad to receive him;
there was a difficulty with some of the new steels, and they took him into the
shops that he might see and appreciate the matter for himself. In the end it was
necessary for Raleigh to reset the big turret lathe and demonstrate the manner of
working, standing to the machine in his ancient tweed clothes nobody offered
him overalls while the swift belting slatted at his elbow and fragments of shaved
steel and a fine spray of oil welcomed him back to his trade. The good odor of
metal, the engine-room smell, filled his nostrils; he was doing the thing which he
could do best; it was not till it was finished that he looked at his watch and
realized that the last item of his time-table had gone the way of the first, and he
had missed the two o'clock train.
He paid off his return cab in the Place de la Concorde and stood doubtfully on
the curb, watching it skate away with the traffic. His baggage had gone on by the
two o'clock train; he was committed now to an afternoon in those ancient clothes
with the oily stigma of the workshop upon them. His hands, too, were black
from his work; he had slept badly in the train and done without a bath. In the soft
sunlight that rained upon those brilliant streets he felt foul and unsightly.
"I'll wander up to the Meurice an' get a wash, anyhow," he decided, and turned to
stroll through the Tuileries Gardens towards the hotel. He went slowly; it was
pleasant among the trees, and when a seat in the shadows offered itself he sank
down into it.
"I'll sleep all right in the train to-night," he thought, shoving back his cap.
There were children playing somewhere out of sight; their voices came to him in
an agreeable tinkle. He crossed one leg over the other and settled himself more
comfortably; he had plenty of time to spare now. His eyes closed restfully.
The touch that roused him was a very gentle one, scarcely more than a ghost of a
sensation, the mere brush of a dexterous hand that slid as quietly as a shadow
along the edge of his jacket pocket and groped into it with long clever fingers,
while its owner, sitting beside him on the bench, gazed meditatively before him
with an air of complete detachment from that skilled felonious hand. Raleigh,
waking without moving, was able for a couple of seconds to survey his neighbor,
a slim white-faced youth with a black cotton cap slouched forward over one eye.
Then, swiftly, he caught the exploring hand by the wrist and sat up.
"Your mistake," he said crisply. "There's nothing but old letters in that pocket."
The youth at the first alarm tried to wrench loose, writhing in startled effort like
a pronged snake, with all his smooth, vicious face clenched in violent fear.
Raleigh gave a twisting jerk to the skinny wrist and the struggle was over; the
lad uttered a yelp and collapsed back on the seat.
"Be good," warned Raleigh in easy French; "be good, or I'll beat you, d'you
hear?"
The youth sniffed, staring at him with eyes in which a mere foolish fear was
giving place to cunning. He was a creature flimsy as paper, a mere lithe skinful
of bones, in whom the wit of the thief supplied the place of strength. He was
making now his hasty estimate of the man he had to deal with.
"Well," demanded Raleigh, "what have you got to say for yourself?"
"Monsieur!" the youth struck into an injured whine. "I meant no harm, but I was
desperate; I have not eaten today" his eyes noted the amused contempt on
Raleigh's face, and he poised an instant like a man taking aim "and when I saw
the lady slip the money into monsieur's pocket while he slept, and reflected that
he would never even know that he had lost it."
"Eh?" Raleigh sat up. The thief suppressed a smile. "What lady, espece de
fourneau? What are you talking about?"
"It's not a minute ago," replied the youth, discarding the whine. "See, she is
perhaps not out of sight yet, if monsieur will look along the path. No, there she
goes that one!"
His hand was free now; he was using it to point with; but he made no attempt to
escape.
"She approached monsieur while he slept, walking cautiously, and slipped the
money it was a five-franc piece, I think into his pocket. Yes, monsieur, that was
the pocket."
Raleigh turned. At the farther end of the path the woman who had been pointed
out to him was close to the exit; in a few seconds more she would be gone. He
could see of her nothing save her back that and a certain quality of carriage, a
gait measured and deliberate.
He threw a word to the thief, who stood by with his hands in his pockets and an
air of relishing the situation. "All right; you can go," he said, and started upon
the chase of the secret bestower of alms.
"And me?" the outraged thief cried after him in tones of bitterness.
"And me? I get nothing, then?"
The serge-clad back was disappearing through the gates into the welter of
sunlight without; Raleigh gathered up his feet and sprinted along the tree shaded
path. He was going to understand this business. He picked up the view of the
serge-clad back again, walking towards the bridge, hastened after it and slowed
down to its own pace when he was still some ten yards behind.
At the southern end of the bridge she turned her back to the sun and went east
along the quay where the second-hand booksellers lounged beside their wares.
She neither hurried nor slackened that deliberate pace of hers; Raleigh, keeping
well behind, his wits at work acutely, wondered what it reminded him of, that
slow trudge over the pavements. It was when the booksellers were left behind
that an incident enlightened him.
She stopped for a minute and leaned upon the parapet; he crossed the road to be
out of sight in case she should look back. She had been carrying in her hand a
purse, and now he saw her open it and apparently search its interior, but idly and
without interest as though she knew already what to expect of it. Then she closed
it and tossed it over the parapet into the river.
"Ah!" Sudden comprehension rushed upon him; he knew now what that slow,
aimless gait suggested to him. He recalled evenings in London, when he walked
or drove through the lit streets and saw, here and there, the figures of those
homeless ones who walked walked always, straying forward in a footsore
progress till the night should be ripe for them to sit down in some corner. And
then, that shadow in her face, that mouth, tight-held but still drooping; her way
of looking at the river! His hand, in his pocket, closed over the five-franc piece
which she had dropped there; he started across the road to accost her forthwith,
but at that moment she moved on again, and once more he fell into step behind
her.
There is a point, near the Ile de la Cite, where the Seine projects an elbow; the
quay goes round in a curve under high houses; a tree or two overhangs the water,
and there is a momentary space of quiet, almost a privacy at the skirts of
bristling Paris. Here, commonly, men of leisure sit through the warm hours,
torpidly fishing the smooth green depth of water below; but now there was none.
The girl followed the elbow round and stopped at the angle of it. She leaned her
arms on the coping and gazed down at the quiet still water below.
She was looking at it with such a preoccupation that Raleigh was able to come
close to her before he spoke. He, too, put an arm on the parapet at her side.
The girl's head rose with a jerk, and she stared at him, startled. The words had
been deftly chosen to match her own thoughts; and for the while she failed to
recognize in this tall young man the sprawling figure of the slumberer in the
Tuileries Gardens.
He was able to see now that her pale composure was maintained only by an
effort, that the strain of it was making her tremble. He answered in tones of
careful conventionality.
"I'm afraid I startled you," he said. "I'm sorry. I shouldn't have ventured to speak
to you at all if you hadn't—" He paused. "You don't happen to remember me at
all?" he asked.
Raleigh nodded. "You had hardly moved away when a man who had been
watching you tried to pick my pocket and woke me in doing so. He told me what
he'd seen and pointed you out."
Annette gazed at him in tired perplexity. When he was on his feet, the condition
of his clothes and hands and the absurd black patch on his chin were noticeable
only as incongruities; there was nothing now to suggest the pauper or the outcast
in this big youth with the pleasant voice and the strongly tanned face.
"I, I made a mistake," she said. "I saw you sleeping on the bench and I thought a
little help, coming from nowhere like that you'd be so surprised and glad when
you found it." She sighed. "However, I was wrong. I'm sorry."
"I'm not!" Raleigh put the money back in his pocket swiftly. "I think it was a
wonderful idea of yours; it's the most splendid thing that ever happened to me.
There was I, grumbling and making mistakes all day, playing the fool and
pitying myself, and all the time you were moving somewhere within a mile or
two, out of sight, but watching and saying: 'Yes, you're no good to anybody; but
if the worst comes to the worst you shan't starve. I'll save you from that!' I'll
never part with that money."
Annette shook her head; weariness inhabited her like a dull pain. "I didn't say
that" she answered; "you weren't starving, and you don't understand. It doesn't
matter, anyhow."
"Please," said Raleigh. He saw that she wanted to get rid of him, and he had no
intention of letting her do so. "It matters to me, at any rate. But there is one thing
I didn't understand."
She did not answer, gazing over her clasped hands at the water, across whose
level the spires and chimneys of the city bristled like the skyline of a forest.
"It was while I was following you here, wondering whether I might speak to
you," he continued. "I was watching you as you went, and it seemed to me that
you were well, unhappy; in trouble or something. And then, back there on the
quay, I saw you open your purse and throw it into the river."
He paused. "There was a hole in it," said Annette shortly, without turning her
head.
"But" he spoke very quietly "you are in trouble? Yes, I know I'm intruding upon
you" she had moved her shoulders impatiently "but haven't you given me just the
shadow of a right? Your gift it might have saved my life if I'd been what you
thought; I might have fetched up in the Morgue before morning. Men do, you
know, every day women, too!" Her fingers upon the parapet loosened and
clasped again at that. "You can't tie me hand and foot with such an obligation as
that and leave me plante la."
"Oh!" Annette sighed. "It's nothing at all," she said. "But, as you want so much
to know I'm a typist; I'm out of work; I've been looking for it all day, and I'm
disappointed and very tired."
"All!" She turned to look at him at last, meeting his steady and penetrating eyes
quietly. She had an impulse to tell him what was comprehended in that "all"; to
speak deliberately plain words that should crumple him into an understanding of
her tragedy. But even while she hesitated there came to her a sense that he knew
more than he told; that the grey eyes in the red-brown face had read more of her
than she was willing to show. She subsided.
He nodded, a quick and business-like little jerk of the head. "I see. I've been
worrying you, I'm afraid; but I'm glad I made you tell, because I can put that all
right for you at once, as it happens."
The girl, leaning on the wall, drew in a harsh breath and turned to him. Young
Raleigh, who had written a monograph on engineering stresses, had still much to
learn about the stresses that contort and warp the souls of men and women. He
learned some of it then, when he saw the girl's face deaden to a blanker white
and the flame of a hungry hope leap into her eyes. He looked away quickly.
"You mean you can?"
"I mean I can find you a situation in a business office as a typist," he said
explicitly. "Wasn't that what you wanted?"
"Yes, yes." She was trembling; he put one large, grimy hand upon her sleeve to
steady her. "Oh, please, where is the office? I'll go there at once, before."
"Hush!" he said. "It's all right. We'll get a taxi and I'll take you there. It's the
Machine-Tool and Gear-Cutting Company; I don't know what they pay, but—."
"Well, it's more than that," he smiled. "A typist with Raleigh and
Son at her back isn't to be had every day of the week."
A taxicab drifted out of a turning on to the quay a hundred yards away; Raleigh
waved a long arm and it came towards them.
"And after we've fixed this little matter," suggested Raleigh, "don't you think we
might go somewhere and feed? I can get a sketchy kind of wash at the office
while you're talking to the manager; and I'm beginning to notice that I didn't
have my lunch to-day."
"I didn't either," said Annette, as the taxi slid to a standstill beside them. "But,
oh! you don't know you don't know all you're doing for me. I'll never be able to
thank you properly."
Raleigh opened the door of the cab for her. "You can try," he said.
"I'm in Paris for three days every fortnight."
The taxicabs of Paris include in their number the best and the worst in the world.
This was one of the latter; a moving musical-box of grinding and creaking
noises. But Annette sank back upon its worn and knobly cushions luxuriously,
gazing across the sun-gilt river to the white, window-dotted cliffs of Paris with
the green of trees foaming about their base.
IX
THE DARKENED PATH
The captain reached a hand forth and touched the mate's arm.
The mate made a curious quick grimace and sat forthwith. "Shove off," ordered
the captain.
Johnny Cos, the yellow, woolly-haired boatman, plying his oars, sat perforce in
face of his passengers and close to them. He would have preferred it otherwise;
there had been something in the mate's face which daunted him. He glanced at it
again furtively as he pulled away from the square-sterned American schooner
which had ridden over the bar in the twilight of dawn and anchored, spectral and
strange, in Beira Harbor. The mate's face was strong and sunburnt, the face of a
man of lively passions and crude emotions; but as he sat gazing forth at the little
hectic town across the smooth harbor, it had a cast of profound and desperate
unhappiness. Johnny Cos had not words to tell himself what he saw; he only
knew, with awe and a certain amount of fear, that he moved in the presence of
something tragic.
The mate withdrew his miserable eyes from the scene. "What?"
"There ain't any reason why" began the captain, and paused and Hooked
doubtfully upon the faithful Johnny Cos. "D'you speak English?"
"Yes, sar," replied Johnny, ingratiatingly. "You want good 'otel, Cap'n? Good,
cheap 'otel? I geeve you da card; 'Otel Lisbon, sar. All cap'n go there."
"No," said the captain shortly. "We can talk better when we get ashore, James,"
he added to the mate.
"Ver' good 'otel, Cap'n; ver' cheap" coaxed Johnny Cos. "You want fruit, Cap'n:
mango, banan', coconut, orange, grenadeel, yes? I geeve you da card, Cap'n ver'
cheap!"
"That'll do," said the captain. "I don't want anything. Get a move on this boat o'
yours, will you?"
Johnny Cos sighed and resigned himself to row in silence, only murmuring at
intervals: "'Otel Lisbon; good, ver' good, an' cheap!" When that murmur, taking
courage to grow audible, drew the mate's eye upon him, he stopped short in the
middle of it and murmured no more.
"You c'n wait to take me aboard again," said the captain, when the wharf was
reached; and the two men went slowly together into the town, along the streets
of ankle-deep sand, towards the office of the consul.
It was an hour later that the loafers on the veranda of the Savoy Hotel observed
their slow approach. They had done whatever business they had with the consul.
They were deep in talk; the captain's grizzled head was bent toward his shorter
companion, and something of the mate's trouble reflected itself in his hard,
strongly-graven face. In the merciless deluge of sunlight, and upon the openness
of the street, they made a singular grouping; they seemed to be, by virtue of
some matter that engrossed and governed them, aloof and remote, a target set up
by Destiny.
By the steps of the hotel the captain paused, wiping the shining sweat from his
face. The eavesdroppers in the long chairs cocked their ears.
"James," they heard him say; "it's bad, it's just as bad as it can be. But it ain't no
reason to go short of a drink with a saloon close handy."
He motioned with his head towards the shade of the long veranda, with the bar
opening from it and its bottles in view. The mate, frowning heavily, nodded, and
the pair of them entered and passed between the wicker chairs with the manner
of being unconscious of their occupants.
From within the bar their voices droned indistinctly forth to the listeners.
"Leavin' you here," they heard the captain say; "James, I'm sorry right through;
but you said yourself."
"Sure;" the mate's voice answered hoarsely. "Here or Hell or anywhere, what's
the difference to me now?"
After that they moved to the window, and what they said further was
indistinguishable. The loafers on the veranda exchanged puzzled looks; they
lacked a key to the talk they had heard. When at last the two seamen departed
they summoned forth the barman for further information. But that white-jacketed
diplomat, who looked on from the sober side of the bar at so much that was
salient to the life of Beira was not able to help them.
"I couldn't make out what was troublin' them," he said, playing with the diamond
ring on his middle finger. "They was talking round and round it, but they never
named it right out. But it seems the younger one has been paid off. He looks bad,
he does."
"Well," said a man of experience from his chair; "he'll be drunk tonight, and then
we'll hear."
"H'm!" The barman paused on his way back to his post. "When I see that feller
drunk, I'm goin' to climb a tree. I got no use for trouble."
But the mate's conduct continued to be as unusual as his words overheard on the
hotel veranda. He did not accompany the captain back to the ship, and in the
afternoon he was seen sitting on the parapet of the sea-wall, his face propped in
his hands, staring out across the shining water of the harbor. The vehement sun
beat down upon his blue-coated back and the hard felt hat that covered his head;
he should have been in an agony of discomfort and no little danger, clad as he
was; but he sat without moving, facing the water and the craft that lay at their
anchors upon it. It was Father Bates, the tall Scottish priest, who saw him and
crossed the road to him.
"My friend," the priest accosted him, with a light tap on the shoulder. "You'll die
the sooner if you take your hat off. But you'll die anyhow if you go on sitting
here."
At his touch the mate looked round sharply. The tall white-clad Father, under his
green-lined sun umbrella, rested a steady look on his face.
"You're in trouble, I'm afraid," said the priest. "Is there anything a man can do
for you?"
"No!" The word came hoarsely but curt from the mate's throat. "Leave me
alone!"
The tall priest nodded. "Nothing a man can do, eh?" he said. "Well, then you
know who can help you, don't you?"
The Father smiled. "I know how you feel. My name is Father Bates, and anyone
will show you where I live. Bates don't forget! And I really wouldn't sit much
longer in that sun, if I were you."
A sound like a snarl was his answer as he passed on. Looking back before he
turned the corner, he saw that the mate had returned to his old posture, brooding
in his strange and secret sorrow over the irresponsive sea.
He was still there at sunset when the schooner went out, holding himself apart
from the little group of Beira people who halted to watch her departure. Upon
her poop a couple of figures were plain to sight, and one of these waved a hand
towards the shore as though to bid farewell to the man they left behind. The
mate, however, made no response. He watched unmoving while she approached
the heads and glided from view, her slender topmasts lingering in sight over the
dull green of the mangroves, with the sunset flush lighting them delicately. Then
she was gone, like a silent visitor who withdraws a presence that has scarcely
been felt.
The mate crossed the road and addressed the man who stood nearest.
The other gave directions which the mate heard, frowning. Then, without
thanking his guide, he turned to walk heavily through the foot-clogging sand in
the direction indicated.
It was a hundred and fifty miles up the line that he next emerged to notice, at
Mendigos, that outpost set in the edge of the jungle, where the weary
telegraphists sweat through the sunny monotony of the days and are shaken at
night by the bitter agues that infest the land.
The mate dropped from the train here, still clad as at Beira in thick, stifling sea-
cloth and his hard hat, though his collar was now but a limp frill. He came
lurching, on uncertain feet, into the establishment of Hop Sing, the only seller of
strong drink at Mendigos. The few languid, half-clad men who lounged within
looked up at him in astonishment. He pointed shakily towards a bottle on the
primitive bar. "Gimme some of that," he croaked, from a parched throat.
The smiling Chinaman, silk-clad and supple, poured a drink for him, watched
him consume it, and forthwith poured another. With the replenished tumbler in
his hand, the mate returned his look.
"My t'ink you velly sick man. Two shillin' to pay, please."
The idle men who lounged behind were spectators to the drama, absorbed but
uncomprehending. They saw the fierce, absurdly-clad sailor, swaying on his feet
with the effects of long-endured heat and thirst, confronting the suave
composure of the Chinaman as though the charge of being unwell were
outrageous and shameful.
The Chinaman made soothing gestures. "My see," he answered. "But dem feller
belong here, him not see nothing. All-a-light foh him. Two shillin' to pay,
please."
The mate dragged a coin from his pocket and dropped it on the bar. He turned at
last to the others, as though he now first noticed them.
"How d'you mean?" A tall, willowy man in pajamas answered him surprisedly.
"There's nothing beyond here. It's just wild country."
"Lord, no!" said the other. "White men die out there. It's just trees and niggers
and wild beasts and fevers." He looked at the mate with a touch of amusement
breaking through his curiosity. "You weren't thinking of goin' there in that kit
were you?"
The mate finished his drink and set his glass down.
"But look here!" The telegraphists broke into a clamor. "You've been too long in
the sun; that's what's the matter with you. You can't go up there, man; you'd be
dead before morning."
The tall man, to whom the mate had spoken first, had a shrewd word to add. "If
it's any little thing like murder, dontcher know, why the border's just a few hours
up the line."
They were possibly a little afraid of him. He had the physique of a fighter and
the presence of a man accustomed to exercise a crude authority. Their protests
and warnings died down; and, after all, a man's life and death are very much his
own concern in those regions.
"D'you think he's mad?" one of them was whispering when the mate turned to
Hop Sing again.
"Set up the drinks for them," he commanded. "I'll not wait meself, but here's the
money."
"You not dlink?" asked the Chinaman, as the mate laid the coins on the counter.
He gave a half nod to the other men, but no word, pulled his hard hat forward on
his brow, and walked out to the aching sunlight, and towards a path that led
between two iron huts to the fringe of the riotous bush. The telegraphists
crowded to look after him, but he did not turn his head. He paused beneath the
great palms, where the ground was clear; then the thigh-deep grass, which is the
lip of the bush, was about him, grey, dry as straw, rustling as he thrust through it
with the noise of paper being crumpled in the hands. A green parrot, balancing
clown-like on a twig, screamed raucously; he glanced up at its dazzle of feathers.
Then the wall of the bush itself yielded to his thrusting, let him through, and
closed behind his blue-clad back. Africa had received him to her silence and her
mystery.
"Well, I'm blowed!" The tall telegraphist stared at the place where he had
vanished. "I say, you chaps, we ought to go after him."
No one moved. "I shouldn't care to come to my hands with him," said another.
"Did you did you see his face?"
They had all seen it; the speaker was voicing the common feeling.
"It's like drinkin' at a wake," observed the tall man, his glass in his hand. "Well,
here's to his memory!"
But the end of the tale came later. It was told in the veranda of Father Bates's
house at Beira, by Dan Terry, as he lay on his cot and drank in the air from the
sea in life-restoring draughts. He had been up in the region of lost and nameless
rivers for three years of fever and ague and toil, and now he was back, a made
man ready to be done with Africa, with square gin bottles full of coarse gold to
sell to the bank, and a curious story to tell of a thing he had seen in the back
country.
It was evening when he told it, propped up on his pillows, with the blankets
drawn up under his chin, and his lean, leathery face, a little softened by his fever,
fronting the long, benevolent visage of Father Bates. The Father had a deckchair,
and sprawled in it at length, listening over his deep Boer pipe. A faint, bitter
ghost of an odor tainted the still air from the mangroves beyond the town, and
there was heard, like an undertone in the talk, the distant slumberous murmur of
the tide on the beach.
"But how did you first get to hear of him?" the Father was asking, carrying on
the talk.
"Oh, that was queer!" said Dan. "You see, I was making a cut clean across
country to that river of mine, and, as far as I could tell, I was in a stretch of land
where there hasn't been one other white man in twenty years. Bad traveling it
was swamp, cane, and swamp again for days; the mud stinking all day, the mist
poisoning you all night, the cane cutting and scratching and slashing you. It was
as bad as anything I've seen yet. And it was while we were splashing and
struggling through this that I saw, lying at the foot of an aloe of all created things
an old hat. I thought for a moment that the sun had got to my brain. An old, hard,
black bowler hat it was, caved in a bit, and soaked, and all that, but a hat all the
same. I couldn't have been more surprised if it had been an iceberg. You see,
except my own hat, I hadn't seen a hat for over two years."
Father Bates nodded and stoked the big bowl of his pipe with a practiced thumb.
"It might ha' meant anything," Dan went on; "a chap making for my river, for
instance. So the next Kaffir village I came to I went into the matter. I sat down in
the doorway of the biggest hut and had the population up before me to answer
questions."
"I had a gun across my knees," explained Dan; "but they were willing enough
without that. And a queer yarn they had to tell, too; I couldn't quite make it out at
first. It began with an account of a village hit by smallpox close by. Their way of
dealing with smallpox is simple: they quarantine the infected village by posting
armed men round it until all the villagers are starved to death or killed by the
smallpox. Then they burn the village. It costs nothing, and it keeps the disease
under. This village, it seems, was particularly easy to deal with, since it stood
three hundred yards from the nearest water, and the water was placed out of
bounds.
"It must have been about the third day after the quarantine was declared that the,
the incident occurred. A man and a girl, carrying empty waterpots, had come out
of the village towards the stream. The armed outposts, with their big stabbing
assegais ready in their hands, ordered them back, but the poor creatures were
crazed with thirst and desperate. They were pleading and crying and still
creeping forward, the man first, the girl a few steps behind, mad for just water.
What happened first was in the regular order of things in those parts. The fellows
on guard simply waited, and when the man was up to them one stepped forward
and drove the thirty-inch blade of a stabbing assegai clean through him. Then
they stood ready to do the same to the girl as soon as she arrived.
"She had tumbled to her knees at the sight of the killing, and was still crying and
begging piteously for water. They said she held out her arms to them, and bowed
her head between. After a while, when they did not answer, she got to her feet
and stood looking at the dead body stretched in the sun, the long blades of the
spears, and the shining of the water beyond. It was as though she was making up
her mind about them, for at last she picked up her waterpot and came forward
towards her sure and swift death. The assegai-men were so intent on her that
none of them seem to have heard a man who came out of the bush close behind
them. One of them, as I was told, had actually flung back his arm for the thrust
and the girl, she hadn't even flinched! The thing was within an inch of being
done; the stabbing assegai goes like lightning, you know; she must have been
tasting the very bitterness of death. The man from the bush was not a second too
soon. The first they knew of him was a roar, and he had the shaft of the assegai
in his hand and had plucked it from its owner.
"He must have moved like a young earthquake, and bellowed like a full-grown
thunderstorm. All my informants laid stress on his voice; he exploded in their
midst with an uproar that overthrew their senses, and whacked right and left with
fist and foot and assegai. He was a white man; it took them some seconds to see
that through the dirt on him; he was clad in rags of cloth, and his head was bare,
and he raged like a sackful of tiger-cats. He really must have been something
extraordinary in the way of a fighter, for he scattered a clear dozen of them, and
sent them flying for their lives. One man said that when he was safe he looked
back. The white man, with the assegai on his shoulder, was stumping ahead into
the infected village, and the girl she was lying down at the edge of the water
drinking avidly. She hadn't even looked up at the fight."
"Well, the cordon being broken, those of the villagers who weren't too far gone
to walk on their feet promptly scattered, naturally, and no one tried to stop them.
When at last the people from the neighboring kraals plucked up courage to go
and look at the place, they found there only the bodies of the dead. The white
man had gone, too. They never saw him again, but from time to time there came
rumors from the north and east tales of a wanderer who injected himself
suddenly into men's affairs, withdrew again and went away, and they
remembered the white man who roared. He was already passing into a myth.
"I couldn't make head nor tail of the thing; but one point was clear. Since this
white man had neither Kaffirs nor gear he couldn't hurt my river, and that was
what chiefly mattered to me just then. I might have forgotten him altogether, but
that I came on his tracks again, and then, to finish with, I saw the man himself."
"I'm telling you the whole thing, Padre. You keep quiet and you'll hear."
The sad evening light was falling, and the faint breeze from the sea had a touch
of chill in it.
"You bet," replied Dan. "Well, about this fellow I'm telling you of! He must have
been getting a reputation for uncanniness from every village he touched at. By
the time I came up with the scene of his next really notable doings he was
umtagati in full form supernatural, you know, a thing to be dreaded and
conciliated. And I don't wonder, really. Here was a man without weapons,
bareheaded in the sun, speaking no word of any native language, alone and
nearly naked, plunging ahead through that wild unknown country and no harm
coming to him. You can't play tricks of that sort with Africa; the old girl holds
too many trumps; but this chap was doing it. It was against Nature.
"He'd made his way up to a place where I always expect trouble. There is, or
rather, there was then a brute of a chief there, a fellow named N'Komo, who paid
tribute to M'Kombi, and was sort of protected and supported by him. He was
always slopping over his borders with a handful of fighting men and burning and
slaughtering and raping among the peaceful kraals. A devil he was, a real black
devil for cruelty and lust. He had just started on a campaign when this lonely
white man arrived in the neighborhood, passing through a bit of district with
N'Komo's mark on it in the form of burned huts and bodies of people. A man
N'Komo had killed was a sight to make Beelzebub sick. Torture, you know;
mutilation beastliness! The white man must have seen a good many such bodies.
"N'Komo and his swashbucklers had slept the night in a captured kraal, and were
still there in the morning when the white man arrived. I know exactly the kind of
scene it was. The carcasses of the cattle slaughtered for meat would be lying all
over the place between the round huts, and bodies of men and women and
children with them. The place would be swarming with the tall, black spearmen,
each with a skin over his shoulder and about his loins; there would be a fearful
jabber, a clatter of voices and laughter and probably screams, horrible screams,
from some poor nigger whose death they'd be dragging out, hour after hour, for
their fun. Near the main gate N'Komo was holding an indaba with his chief
bucks. I've seen him many times a great coal-black brute, six feet four in height,
with the flat, foolish, good-natured-looking face that fooled people into thinking
him a decent sort. I wish I'd shot him the first time I saw him.
"Well, the indaba, the council, you know was in full swing when up comes this
white man, running as if for his life, and wailing, wailing! The Kaffir who told
me had seen it from where he was lying, tied hand and foot, waiting his turn for
the firebrands and the knives. He said: 'He wailed like one who mourns for the
dead!' There was a burnt kraal not a mile away, so one can guess what he had
been seeing and was wailing about. 'His face,' the nigger told me, 'was like the
face of one who has lived through the torment of N'Komo and is thirsty for
death; a face to hide one's eyes before. And it was white and shining like ivory!'
He came thus, pelting blindly at a run, into the midst of N'Komo's war indaba.
"He picked out N'Komo as the chief man there in a moment; that was easy
enough, and he broke into a torrent of words, gesticulating and pointing back in
the direction from which he had come. Telling him of what he had seen, of
course poor beggar! Can't you imagine him, with those tall surprised black
soldiers all round him and the great dangerous bulk of negro king before him,
trying to make them understand, trembling with horror and fury, raging in
homely useless English against the everyday iniquity of Africa? Can't you
imagine it, Padre?"
"Ssh! You'll get a temperature," warned Father Bates. "Yes; I can imagine it. It
makes me humble."
"You see, I know what had maddened him. The first work of N'Komo's I ever
saw was a young mother and a baby dead and and finished with, and it nearly
sent me off my head. If I'd been half the man this poor beggar was I'd have had
N'Komo's skin salted and sun-dried before I slept. He he didn't wait to mourn
about things; he went straight ahead to find the man who had done them and deal
with him.
"Probably they took him for a lunatic; at any rate, they soon began to laugh at
him, shaking and talking in their midst. He was a new thing to have sport with,
and N'Komo presently leaned forward, grinning, touched him on the arm, and
pointed. The white man's eyes followed the black finger to where a poor devil
lay on the ground, impaled by a stake through his stomach. It was N'Komo's way
of telling him what to expect, and he understood. He stopped talking.
"The nigger who saw it all and told me about it said that when he had looked
round on all the horrors he turned again towards N'Komo, and at the sight of his
eyes N'Komo ceased to grin. His big brute face went all to bits, as a Kaffir's does
when he is frightened. But the white man made a little backward jerk with his
hand that's what it seemed like to the nigger who told me and suddenly, from
nowhere in particular, a big pistol materialized in his grip. He must have been
pretty clever at the draw. His hand came up, there was a smart little crack, a spit
of smoke, and N'Komo, the great war chief, was rolling on the ground, making
horrible noises like like bad plumbing, with half his throat shot away, and the
man who had done it was backing towards the main gate with the big revolver
swinging to right and left across the group of warriors.
"And he got away, too. That, really, is the most wonderful part of the whole
thing. I expect that as soon as N'Komo was settled, the usual row and the usual
murders began by various would-be successors. By night they had all started
north again, on a hot-foot race to occupy and hold the head kraal, and the
country was clear of them, and the white man's credit as a magic worker stood
higher than ever. He could have had anything he liked in any of the kraals for the
asking; he could have been law-giver, king, and god. But he was off in the bush
again, alone and restless and mysterious, with his ivory-white face and his eyes
full of pain and anger."
"Aye," said Father Bates. "Pain and anger that's what it was! And at last you saw
him yourself, didn't you?"
"Yes," said Dan. "I saw him. I was at my river then, combing the gold out of it,
when a Kaffir trekking down told me of him. He was at a kraal fifty miles away
two days' journey, lying, up with a hurt foot. The gold was coming out of that
river by the bottleful; it wasn't a thing to take one's eyes off for a moment; but a
white man, the white man who had killed N'Komo well, I couldn't keep away. I
spun a yarn to my men about lion spoor that I wanted to follow, and off I went
by myself and did that fifty miles of bush and six-foot grass and rocks in thirty
hours, which was pretty good, considerin'. It was afternoon when I came through
a patch of palms and saw the kraal lying just beyond.
"I hadn't much of an idea what kind of man I expected to see. I rather fancy I
expected to be disappointed to find him nothing out of the way after all, and to
learn that nine-tenths of the yarns about him were just nigger lies. I was thinking
all that as I stopped in the palms' shade to mop the sweat out of my hat, and then
I saw him!
"He was passing between me and the huts, a strange lame figure, leaning on a
stick, with a few rags of clothing bound about him. His head, with its matted
thick hair, was bare to the thresh of the sun; he was thick-set, shortish, slow-
moving, a sorrowful and laborious figure. I saw the shine of his bare skin, and
even the droop and sorrow of his heavy face. I stood and watched him for
perhaps a minute in the shadow under those great masts of palms; I saw him as
clearly as I see you; and suddenly a light came to me and I knew I understood it
all. His loneliness, his pain and anger, his wanderings in that savage wilderness,
the wild misery of his eyes and the ivory-white of his stricken face I understood
completely. He had run away from the sight of men of his own color he would
have no use for me. So then and there I turned and went back through the palms
and started on the trek for my own camp. It was all I could do for him."
"But," said Father Bates, "you've not said what it was that you saw."
"Padre," said Dan; "that poor, poor fellow, who loomed to the Kaffirs like a great
and merciful god, he was a leper as white as snow!"
"Holy saints defend us!" The Father made a startled motion of crossing himself,
staring at Dan's lean, somber face in a blankness of consternation. "So that's
what it was, then! A leper!"
"That's what it was," said Dan. "I've seen it before in the East."
"He said," continued the Father "he said he had no use for my blasted cant. And
he hadn't, he hadn't! He knew more than I."
X
MISS PILGRIM'S PROGRESS
The double windows of the big office overlooked the quays of Nikolaieff and the
desk was beside them; so that the vice-consul had only to turn his head to see
from his chair the wide river and its traffic, with the great grain-steamers, like
foster-children thronging at the breast of Russia, waiting their turn for the
elevators, and the gantries of the shipyards standing like an iron filigree against
the pallor of the sky. The room was a large one, low-ceilinged, and lighted only
upon the side of the street; so that a visitor, entering from the staircase, looked as
from the bottom of a well of shadow across the tables where the month-old
American newspapers were set forth to the silhouette of the vice-consul at his
roll-top desk against his background of white daylight.
Mr. Tim Waters, American citizen in difficulties, leaned upon the top of the desk
and pored absorbedly across the head of his country's representative at the scene
beyond the window. A tow-boat with a flotilla of lighters was at work in
midstream; there was a flash of white foam at her forefoot, and her red-and-
black funnel trailed a level scarf of smoke across the distance. It was a sketch
done vigorously in strong color, and he broke off the halting narrative of his
troubles to watch if with profound unconscious interest.
"Well," he snapped; "go on. You were walking peaceably along the street, you
said. What comes next?"
Tim Waters turned mild eyes upon him, withdrawing them from the tow-boat
with patient reluctance.
"There was one o' them dvorniks" (doorkeepers), he resumed in a voice of silky
softness. "He was settin' outside his gate on one o' them stools they have. And he
was talkin' to one o' them istvostchiks." (cabmen).
His thin, sun-browned face, furrowed with whimsical lines, with its faint-blue
eyes that wandered from his hearer to the allurement of the window and back
again, overhung the desk as he spoke, drawling in those curiously soft tones of
his an unconvincing narrative of sore provocation and the subsequent fight. He
was a man in the later twenties, lean and slack-limbed; the workman's blouse of
coarse linen, belted about him, and the long Russian boots which he wore, gave
him, by contrast with the humor and sophistication of his face and the controlled
ease of his attitude as he lounged, something of the effect of a man in fancy
dress. Actually he belonged to the class familiar to missionaries and consuls of
world-tramps, those songless troubadours for whom no continent is large enough
and no ocean too wide. With his slightly parted lips of wonder and interest, a
pair of useful fists and a passport granted by the American Minister in Spain, he
had worked his way up the Mediterranean to the Levant, drifted thence by way
of the Black Sea to Nikolaieff, and remained there ever since. Riveter in the
shipyards, winch driver on the wharves, odd-man generally along the waterside,
he and his troubles had come to Selby's notice before.
"Because, y'see, Mr. Selby, them Russians just don't laugh in a general way,
except they're wantin' to start something. An' I heard 'em say 'Amerikanetz' just
as plain as I can see you settin' there. So, a' course, I knowed it was me they was
pickin' on." The fight had followed; Tim Waters, while he told of it, raised the
hand in which he held his cap and looked thoughtfully at a row of swollen and
abraded knuckles; and lastly, the police had intervened.
"It was that big sergeant with the medals," said the victim. "Come at me with his
sword, he did. Seems like it ain't safe to be an American citizen in this town, Mr.
Selby."
"Does it?" Selby sat back sharply in his chair, his ragged moustache bristling, his
glasses malevolently askew on his nose. "You're a mighty fine example of an
American citizen, aren't you? Say, Waters, you don't think you can put that over
again, do you?"
"Eh?" Tim Waters opened his pale blue eyes in the mildest surprise. "Why, Mr.
Selby?" he began, fumbling in his pocket. The vice-consul interrupted him with
a snarl.
"Now you don't want to pull that everlasting passport of yours on me again," he
cried. "Every crook and hobo that's chased off a steamer into this town has got
papers as good as yours, red seal an' all. You seem to think that bein' an
American citizen's a kind of license to play hell and then come here to be
squared. Well, I'm going to prove to you that it's not."
Waters was watching him as he spoke with something of that still interest which
he had given to the scene beyond the window. Now he smiled faintly.
"But say, Mr. Selby," he protested gently. "It it ain't the sergeant I'm worried
about. I'll get him all right. But there's what they call a protocol fer breakin' up
that istvostchik, an' you bein' our consul here."
Selby rose, jerking his chair back on its castors. "Cut that out," he shrilled. "Your
consul, eh? Your kind hasn't got any consul, not if you had forty passports see?
You get out o' this office right now; and if they hand you six months with that
protocol."
He was a ridiculous little man when he was angry; the shape of him as he stood,
pointing peremptorily across the room to the door, rose grotesque and pitiable
against the window. The wanderer, still leaning on the desk, looked over at him
with lips parted as though he found a profit of interest even in his anger.
"And you can tell your friends, if you got any," fulminated the vice-consul, "that
this place isn't."
He broke off short in mid-word; the rigid and imperative arm with which he still
pointed to the door lost its stiffening; he made a snatch at his sliding glasses,
saved them, and stood scaring. Waters turned his head to look likewise.
For the moment neither answered, and the newcomer came down between the
tables towards the light of the window.
Of the two men, it was assuredly Waters, who had followed the lust of the eye
across the continents, who was best able to flavor and relish that entry and
approach. For him, stilly intent and watchful, it was as though a voice, the voice
which had spoken from the shadowy doorway, had incarnated itself and become
visible, putting on a form to match its own quality, at once definite and delicate.
The newcomer moved down the room with a subdued rustling of skirts,
resolving at last into a neat and appealing feminine presence that smiled
confidently and yet conciliatorily and offered a hand towards Selby.
Selby, ruffled like an agitated hen, woke to spasmodic movement, and took the
hand.
"Why, yes," he answered, pushing towards her the chair he had not offered to
Waters and erupting forthwith into uneasy volubility. "This is it. Sit down,
madam; sit right down and tell me what I can do for you."
The girl, still smiling, took the seat he gave her; across the desk-top, Waters,
unmoving, his battered hand grasping his peaked Russian cap, gazed upon her
absorbedly.
"Yes," she answered. "I got in this morning by the boat from Odessa. You see,
I've come up from Bucharest, and as I don't know very much about Russia, I
thought."
Selby, seated again in his chair of office, his fingers judicially joined, nodded
approvingly. "You just naturally came along to your consul," he finished for her.
"Quite right, Miss, er."
"Miss Pilgrim?" he hesitated. She nodded. "Well, Miss Pilgrim, if there's any
information I can give you, or assistance, or, or advice, I'll be very happy to do
what I can. You're, er, traveling alone?"
He had forgotten for the while the mere existence of Waters, brooding
wordlessly over them, and Waters after his manner, had forgotten everything in
the world. The girl between them, sitting unconscious and tranquil under their
converging gaze, had snared their faculties. She was perhaps twenty-four, and
both Selby and Waters, when afterwards they used to speak of her, always
insisted on this, not pretty. She was fair in a commonplace way, middle-sized
and inconspicuous, the fashion of young woman who goes to compose the
background of life. She raised to the light of the window a face of creamy pallor,
with large serious grey eyes, and lips of a gentle and serene composure; but it
was not these that redeemed her from being merely negligible and made her the
focus of the two men's eyes. It was rather a quality implicit in the whole of her as
she sat, feminine and fragile by contrast with even the meager masculinity of
Selby, with a suggestion about her, an emanation, of steadfastness and courage
as piteous and endearing as the bravery of a lost child. In Selby, staled and
callous long since to all those infirmities of the wits or the purse which are
carried to a consul as to a physician, there awoke at sight of her all that was
genial and protective in his sore and shriveled soul; in Waters, who shall say
what visions and interpretations?
She looked from one to the other of them with her trustful eyes. On
Waters they seemed to dwell for a moment as though in question.
"Yes," she repeated; "I came alone; there wasn't anybody to come with me." Her
voice, mild and pleasant, corresponded to the rest of her. "I've been working
down in Rumania for nearly a year, in the Balkan Bank, and before that I was in
Constantinople. But I've always wanted to see Russia; I'd heard and read so
much about it; so" with a little explanatory shrug of her shoulders "I came."
Waters's still eyes widened momentarily; he, at any rate, understood. He knew,
contentedly and well, that need to see, the unease of the spirit that moves one on,
that makes of the road a home and of every destination a bivouac. His chin
settled upon his crossed arms as he continued to take stock of this compatriot of
the highways.
"Oh!" Selby was enlightened and a little disconcerted. This was not turning out
as he had expected. He had diagnosed a tourist, and now discovered that he had
been entertaining a job-seeker unawares. But the girl's charm and appeal held
good; she was looking at him trustfully and expectantly, and he surrendered. He
set his glasses straight with a fumbling hand and resumed his countenance of
friendly and helpful interest.
"Then, you propose to, er, seek employment here in Nikolaieff," he inquired.
"You don't know of anything?", she asked. "That's what I came in to see you
about if you happened to know of anything? Because our consuls hear of pretty
nearly everything that's going on, don't they?"
It wasn't flattery; her good faith was manifest in her face and voice; and Selby
suppled under it like a stroked cat.
"I wouldn't say that, Miss Pilgrim," he demurred coyly. He paused. Her mention
of shipping offices disturbed him. He had much business with shipping offices;
and he was picturing to himself, involuntarily and with distaste, that gentle
courage bruising itself upon the rough husks of managers and their like, peddling
itself from one noisy Russian office to another, wearing thin its panoply of
innocence upon evil speech and vile intention. There were the dregs of manhood
in him, for all his narrowness and feebleness, and the prospect offended him like
an indecency.
"No, there's only one job I know of in Nikolaieff that you could take," he said
abruptly. "And that's right here in this office."
He had said it upon a rare impulse of generosity; all men are subject to such
impulses; and he halted upon the word for his reward. She rendered it
handsomely.
"Oh!" she cried, her grey eyes shining and all her pale and gentle face alive with
sudden enthusiasm. "Here in the Consulate?" She spoke the word as a devotee
might speak of a temple. "That, oh, that's glorious!"
"Er, secretary and stenographer," he said largely. "I had a young man here a
while since, but I let him go. He couldn't seem to be respectful. And, er, as to
terms, Miss Pilgrim."
But the vice-consul did not continue. In his moment of splendor, it may be that
he became aware that only a part of his audience was applauding, and his eyes
had fallen on Waters. Till that moment he had actually forgotten him; he seized
now on an occasion to be still more impressive.
"Hey, you Waters!" he cried commandingly. "What you waitin' there for? Didn't
you hear me tell you to clear out of this? Go on, now; an' don't let me see you in
this office again!"
She failed to come up to his expectations this time; she looked puzzled and
distressed and seemed to shrink. Waters, removing his eyes from her face, stood
deliberately upright. His vagueness and dreaminess gathered themselves into
gravity. His lips moved as though on the brink of an answer, but he said nothing.
He sent the girl a look that was a claim upon her. "Pleased to meet ye," he said
clearly. "Me name's Waters; I'm an American too."
Selby bounced in his chair behind him, squeaking and spluttering; the girl,
surprised and uncertain, stammered something. But her face, for all her
embarrassment, acknowledged his claim. He took his reply from it, nodded
slowly in satisfied comprehension and walked past her towards the door. His
worn blouse glimmered white in the shadows of the entry; and he was gone.
Behind him, the office was suddenly uncomfortable and cheerless. Selby was no
longer sure of himself and the figure he had cut; the girl looked at him with eyes
in which he read a doubt.
"You don't want to take any notice of that fellow," he blustered. "He'd no right to
speak to you. He's just a tough in trouble with the police and wanting me to fix it
for him. He won't come here again in a hurry."
"But" she hesitated. "Isn't he an American?" she ventured.
"Huh!" snorted Selby. "Americans like him are three for a nickel round here."
"Oh!" she murmured, and sat looking at him while he plunged into the question
of "terms." His glasses wobbled on his nose; his hands moved jerkily as he
talked, fidgeting with loose papers on his desk; but his weak eyes did not return
her gaze.
Nikolaieff, which yet has a quality of its own, has this in common with other
abiding places of men that life there shapes itself as a posture or a progress in the
measure that one gives to it or receives from it. Tim Waters, who fed upon life
like a leech, returned to it after a six weeks' enforced absence (the protocol had
valued a damaged istvostchik at that price) with a show of pallor under the
bronze on his skin and a Rip van Winkle feeling of having slumbered through
far-reaching changes. During his absence the lingering southern autumn had
sloped towards winter; the trees along the sad boulevard were already leafless;
the river had changed from luminous blue to the blank hue of steel. The men in
the streets went fortified with sheepskins or furs; Waters, still in his linen blouse,
with hands sunk deep in his pockets and shoulders hunched against the acid of
the air, passed among them as conspicuous as a naked man, marking as he
moved the stares he drew across high, raised collars.
He was making his way across the city to his old haunts by the waterside; he
crossed the Gogol Street through its brisk, disorderly traffic of trams and
droschkies and gained the farther sidewalk hard by where a rank of little cabs
stood along the gutter. A large sedate officer, moving like a traction-engine,
jostled him back into the gutter; he swore silently, and heard a shout go up
behind him, a blatant roar of jeers and laughter. Startled, he turned; the
istvostchiks, the padded, long-skirted drivers of the little waiting cabs, were
gathered together in the roadway; their bearded and brutal faces, discolored with
the cold, were agape and hideous with their laughter; and in the forefront of
them, pointing with a great hand gloved to the likeness of a paw, stood and
roared hoarsely the particular istvostchik on whose account he had suffered the
protocol and the prison. The discord of their mirth rilled the street; the big men,
padded out under their clothes to a grotesque obesity, their long coats hanging to
their heels giving them the aspect of figures out of a Noah's Ark, drew all eyes.
The beginnings of a crowd gathered to watch and listen.
"The Amerikanetz," the foremost istvostchik was roaring. "Look at him! Look at
his clothes! Just out of prison Look at him!"
Everybody looked; the word "Amerikanetz" fled from lip to lip like a witticism.
Waters, stunned by the suddenness of it all, daunted and overwhelmed, turned to
move away, to get out of sound and hearing. Forthwith a fresh howl went up. He
caught at his self-possession and turned back.
The moment had epic possibilities; the istvostchiks were not fewer than eight in
number and the crowd was with them. Waters's face was dark and calm and his
movements had the deliberate quiet of purpose. Another instant and Nikolaieff
would have been gladdened and scandalized by something much more
spectacular than a pogrom. The leading istvostchik, still pointing and bellowing,
was inviting disaster; when from behind him, ploughing through the onlookers',
came the overdue policeman, traffic baton in hand.
"Circulate, circulate!" he cried to the loiterers, waving at them with his stick. "It
is not permitted to congregate. Circulate, gentlemen!"
He advanced into the clear space of roadway behind the rearmost cab, between
Waters and his tormentors. His darting official eye fell on the former, standing in
his conspicuous blouse, his thin face tense and dire.
"Tak!" he said briefly. "So!" He turned on Waters, coming round on him with a
movement like a slow swoop. Never was anything so galling as the air he had of
contemptuous and amused comprehension.
"You march!" he ordered. "Get off this street!" He pointed with his white-painted
baton to the nearest turning. "Don't say anything, now," he warned. "March!"
Again, behind him, there was that jeering outcry, as the policeman, smiling
indulgently and watching his departure, seemed to preside over the chorus.
He came at length, going slowly, to the water side. It was dark by then; the sheds
of the wharves shut out the river and made a barrier against the sweep of the
wind. From over their roofs came the glare of the high arc-lamps at the wharf-
edge and the masts and the rigging of ships lifted into view. The stridency of day
was over in the shabby street; its high houses, standing like cliffs, showed tier
upon tier of windows, dimly lighted or dark, while from under the feet of the
buildings, from cellar-saloons to traktirs below the street-level, there spouted up
the ruddiness of lamplight and the jangle of voices. There was a smell in the
sharp air of ships and streets blended, the aromatic freshness of tar, the sourness
of crowds and uncleanliness.
Waters, halting upon the cobbles, sniffed with recognition and unstiffened his
mind as he gazed along the dreary street. He was here, on his own ground;
somewhere in the recesses of those gaunt houses he would sleep that night, and
next day he would wedge himself back into his place in that uneasy waterside
community and all would be as before. He shivered under the lee of the sheds as
he stood, looking, scarcely thinking, merely realizing the scene in its evening
disguise.
Down the street towards him, walking with strong and measured steps that
resounded upon the cobbles, vague under the shadow of the sheds, came a man.
Waters glanced casually in his direction as he came near, aware of him merely as
in shape that inhabited the darkness, a dim thing that fitted in with the hour and
the furtive street. Then the man was close to him and visible.
It was, of all possible people, "the sergeant with the medals." He stared at him
helplessly.
"Nu!" cried the sergeant heartily. He possessed all that patronizing geniality
which policemen can show to evil-doers, as to colleagues in another department
of the same industry. "You are back again yes? And how did you find it up
there?"
Waters swallowed and hesitated. The sergeant was a vast man, blond as a straw
and bearded like an Assyrian bull, the right shape of man to wear official
buttons. His short sword hung snugly along his leg in its black, brass-tipped
scabbard; his medals, for war-service in the army, for exemplary conduct, for
being alive and in the police at the time of the Tsar's coronation and so forth,
made a bright bar on the swell of his chest. A worthy and responsible figure; yet
the sum of him was to Waters an offence and a challenge.
He found his tongue. "About the same as you left it, I guess," he answered
unpleasantly.
The big man laughed, standing largely a-straddle with the thumbs of his gloved
hands hooked into his sword-belt. He was rosy as a pippin and cheery as a host.
"It has done you good," he declared. "For one thing, I can see that you speak
Russian better now oh, much better! It is a fine school. By and by, we will send
you up for six months, and after that nobody will know you for an Amerikanetz.
Ah, you will thank me some day!"
"You bet I will," he replied. "And when I'm through with you, you'll know just
how grateful I am." The need for words with a taste to them mastered him. He
broke into his own tongue. "You'll get yours, you big slob!"
"Eh?" The sergeant cocked an ear alertly, "Beek slab? What is that in
Russian?"
"It's your middle name," retorted Waters cryptically and made to move on.
"Do svidania!" called the sergeant mockingly, raising his voice to a shout. "Till
we meet again! Because I shall be watching you, Votters; I shall be."
"Here!" Waters wheeled on him, hands withdrawn from his pockets and cleared
for action.
"You start bellerin' at me in the street that way an' I'll just about."
There was no cohort of hostile istvostchiks here, and anger ached in him like a
cancer. He stepped up to the sergeant with a couple of long, cat-footed strides
and the out-thrust jaw of war. But the sergeant, instead of bristling and giving
battle, held up one large, leather-clad hand with the motion of hushing him.
"St!" he clicked warningly. "Not now! Be orderly, Votters. See your lady-
consul!"
"What?" Waters halted, taken by surprise, and turned his head. The sergeant,
rigid and formal upon the instant, was saluting. Upon the high sidewalk, a dozen
paces away, a girl was passing; she acknowledged the sergeant's salute with a
small bow. Her eyes seemed to fall on Waters and she stopped.
"Why, it's" she began, and hesitated as though at a loss for his name. She stood,
inspecting the grouping of the pair in the road, the massive sergeant and his
slighter, more vivid companion. "Is there is there anything the matter?"
Waters turned his back upon the sergeant and moved slowly towards her, peering
at her where she waited in the growing darkness.
"Oh!" It was, of course, Miss Pilgrim, the girl whom he had watched across the
top of the vice consul's desk. She stood above him now at the edge of the high
sidewalk, whence the deep cobbled revetment of the gutter sloped like a
fortification. Gazing at her with all his eyes, he identified again, like dear and
long-remembered landmarks, the poise of her head, the fragile slope of her
shoulders, the softly lustrous pallor of her face. Even her attitude, perched over
him there and leaning a little towards him, was a thing individual and
characteristic.
"We are just talking" Waters reassured her. "Him and me's old friends."
"Perhaps," she suggested then in her pleasant voice, "if you could spare the time,
you'd walk along a little way with me?"
He smiled. It was protection she was offering him, the shield of her company,
dropping it from above like a gentle gift, like a flower let fall from a balcony.
She saw the white gleam of his smile in his shadowed face and made a small,
quick movement as though she shrank. Waters made haste to accept.
"With you, Miss Pilgrim? Why, sure I will," he replied warmly, and strode across
the gutter to her side.
To the sergeant, watching dumbly this pairing and departure, he said nothing; he
did not even turn to enjoy his face.
It was strange to pass along that familiar street with her, to glance down at her
and see her forward bent face in profile against the dark doorways leading to
interiors whose secrets he knew. The drinking dens were noisy at their feet; the
tall houses were dark and sinister above them. He heard her breath as she walked
at his elbow in the vicious chill of the evening and out upon the water, visible
between the sheds as a low green and a high white light sliding, slowly across
the night, an outgoing steamer wailed like a hoarse banshee. Once upon a time
he had seen the Black Hundred come roaring and staggering along that street
under the eyes of the ships, and had backed into one of the doorways past which
they now walked to fight for his life. The memory of it came curiously to him
now, as the girl at his side led him on, hurrying to bring him to safety.
They turned a corner ere she spoke to him again, and advanced along a street
which showed a vista of receding darkness, beaded by the dull house-lamps set
over the courtyard gates. Not till then did she slacken the hurry of her gait. She
lifted her face towards him.
"But there was something, wasn't there?" she asked. "Between you and that
policeman, I mean. You weren't really just chatting?"
"It's nothin' that you'd need to worry about, Miss Pilgrim," he answered. "He
don't amount to anything."
She was still looking at him. She had on a big muffling coat and her face lifted
out of the high collar of it.
"But" she paused. "I was watching, you for a minute; I saw you go back to talk
to him," she said. "That's why I stopped. You see, that day in the office, I was
ever so sorry."
"Oh, that!" Waters was vaguely embarrassed; he was not used to sympathy so
openly expressed. "You mean Selby an' all that? That didn't hurt me."
But she would not be denied. "It hurt me," she answered. "To see you go out like
that, so quietly, after asking for help and nobody to say a word for you! I've been
hoping ever since that I'd see you so that I'd be able to tell you. Of course," she
added, in the tone of one who makes reasonable allowances, "of course, Mr.
Selby's in a difficult position; he has to consider the authorities. Naturally, being
our consul, he'd like to do his best for all Americans; but he has to be careful.
You can understand that, can't you?"
"Why, sure!" agreed Waters warmly. "It's mighty good of you to feel like that
about me, Miss Pilgrim; and I ain't blamin' Selby any. He was born like that, I
guess sort o' poor white trash and his folks didn't find it out in time to smother
him. But I wish I was consul here for a time and he'd come to me to have me fix
somethin' for him. I'd cert'nly like to have him know how it feels."
"Ah, but I know," she said earnestly. "I can guess like having no home or friends
or even a country of your own to belong to. Like finding out suddenly that Uncle
Sam wasn't your uncle after all! Tell me, was it what they did to you, I mean was
it very bad?"
"Well, it wasn't very good," he answered. "It wasn't meant to be. It ain't often
these people get a white man to practice on, an' they sure made the most o' the
chance. But it didn't kill me; and, anyway, there ain't any reason why it should
trouble you, Miss Pilgrim."
He had a feeling that he preferred her to be immune from the knowledge and
understanding of such things, to be and remain a mere eyeful of delicate and
stimulating feminine effect. But upon his words she half halted, turning to him;
she drew a hand from her muff and her fingers touched his sleeve.
"No reason?" she repeated. "Ah, but there is! There is a reason. I haven't got any
official position or anything to lose at all. I don't have to consider anybody. So
next time if there is a next time I want you to come straight away to me."
"No, no!" She shook her head impatiently. "You know it's no use to go there. But
I live close by here; I'm taking you there now; and I want you to come to me.
Then I'll see the Chief of Police for you; I know him quite well."
"So do I," said Waters. "He's a crook. But say, Miss Pilgrim, I don't just see."
She interrupted him. "I'll explain what I mean and then you'll see that it's all
right. But now I want you to come home and have a glass of tea and see where I
live. It's Number Thirteen only two houses more. You will come, won't you?"
The house to which she brought him had a cavernous courtyard arch like a
tunnel, outside whose gates the swaddled dvornik huddled upon the sheltered
side of the arch. Of all his body, only his eyes moved as they approached,
pivoting under his great hood to scan them and follow them through the gate.
Within, the small court was a pit of gloom roofed by the windy sky; a glass-
paneled door let them in to a winding stone stair with an iron handrail that was
greasy to the touch. It was upon the second floor that Miss Pilgrim halted and
put a key into a door.
There was a hall within, a narrow passage cumbered with big furniture,
wardrobes and the like, which had obviously overflowed from the rooms. At the
far end of it, a door was ajar, letting out a slit of bright light and a smell of
cabbage. Miss Pilgrim opened a nearer door, reached for the switch and turned to
summon Waters where he waited in the entry, browsing with those eager eyes of
his upon this new pasture.
"Here's where you'll come when you want me," she said.
He entered the room, walked as far as the middle of it and looked about him. To
his sensitive apprehension, whetted to fineness in the years of his wandering and
gazing, it was as though a chill and dead air filled the place, a suggestion as of
funerals. Opposite the door, two tall windows, like sepulchral portals, framed
oblongs of the outer darkness; and the white-tiled stove in the corner was like a
mausoleum. The cheap parquet of the floor had a clammy gleam; a tiny icon,
roosting high in a corner, showed a tawdry shine of gilding; the whole room,
square and lofty, with its sparse furniture grouped stiffly about its emptiness, was
gaunt and forbidding. Of a personality that should be at home within it and leave
the impress of its life upon the place, there was not a sign; it was the corpse of a
room. Waters turned from his scrutiny of it towards Miss Pilgrim, standing yet
by the door and clear to see at last in the light. She smiled at him with her pale,
quiet face, and he marked how, when she ceased to smile, her mouth drooped
and her face returned to shadow. "That's Selby," he told himself hotly. "Selby
done that to her!"
There was another door in the corner, near the white stove. It stood a few inches
open, revealing nothing. But as he glanced towards it, it seemed to him that he
detected in the lifeless air a nuance of fragrance, something elusive as a shade
that emanated from the farther room, and had in its very slightness and delicacy
a suggestion of femininity. He knew that it must be her bedroom that lay beyond
the door, and he found himself wondering what that was like.
Presently he was seated by the little sham mahogany table, upon which the big
brass samovar steamed and whispered, listening to her and watching her. She
gave him his glass of the pale-yellow Russian tea that neither cheers nor
inebriates, but merely distends and irrigates, and sat over against him, sipping at
her glass and returning his gaze with her steady eyes.
"I've only had this room a little time," she remarked. "I've had just a bedroom
before. But I had to have somewhere for people to come the people who can't go
to Mr. Selby, I mean. You know what they call me at the Police Bureau? Mr.
Selby's the vice-consul and I'm the vice-vice. So this," her gaze traveled round
the barren room with gentle complacency "this is my Vice-vice Consulate."
"Oh!" Waters looked up at her over the rim of his glass with a changed interest.
"The vice-vice? That's a pretty good name. Then you've been doin' this for
fellers already?"
He marked a faintness of pink that dawned for a moment in her face at the
question. She smiled involuntarily and a little ruefully.
"Well," she hesitated; "I've tried, but I'm afraid I haven't actually done anything
for anybody. I haven't had a real chance yet. But, anyhow, there's this room all
ready and there's me; and any American who can't go to Mr. Selby for help can
come here."
He nodded.
"It was really from you I got the idea," she went on; "when you went out of the
Consulate like that and there was nowhere you could go. And later on, there was
a sailor from one of the ships, and afterwards a man who said he was a Mormon
missionary; and Mr. Selby wouldn't couldn't see his way to do anything for them.
The sailor was brought in by two policemen, though he was only a boy! He
couldn't speak a word of Russian, of course, and it made me so sorry to think of
him all alone with those people, having things done to him and not
understanding anything. So, after hours, I went round to see the Chief of Police."
Waters moved a little on his chair. Her face had a mild glow of enthusiasm
which touched it with sober beauty. He shook his head.
"But," Miss Pilgrim protested, "lots of people have said that, and it's all wrong. It
was he that nicknamed me the 'vice-vice,' and now all the police in the streets
salute me when they see me. Even that first time, before I knew him or anything,
he was just as nice as he could be. He was in his office, writing at a table under a
lamp, and he just looked up at me, hard and well, taking stock of me, you know,
while I told him who I was and what I'd come for. And then he gave me a chair
and sat and listened to everything I'd got to say, leaning on his elbow and
watching me close. I suppose a Chief of Police gets used to watching people like
that."
"I told him how I felt about it," Miss Pilgrim continued, "and how, since there
wasn't anybody else to speak for the boy, I'd come along to see if I could do
anything. And when I'd finished he let me go on till I hadn't another word to say
that I could think of! he just bowed and said he'd have been delighted to oblige
me, but the sailor's captain had been in and paid his fine and taken him away
three hours before. Then he sent for glasses of tea and we sat and had a talk, and
I got him to say I could always come again when I wanted to. But, you see, if it
hadn't been for the captain."
"Sure," agreed Waters. "They'd have turned the kid loose for you. And the
Mormon? Seems to me I seen that Mormon, unless there's a couple of them
strayin' around. How did you fix it for him?"
"Oh, he—he wasn't very nice," she answered. "He was a big stout man, with a
curly black beard like fur growing close to his face all round and shiny round
knobs of cheek bulging out of it. I never did get to hear just what the trouble was
with him, because when he was telling Mr. Selby, he looked round at me first
and then bent over the desk and whispered. Whatever it was, it made Mr. Selby
very angry; he simply bounced out of his chair and shouted the man right out of
the room. And the man, I couldn't help being sorry for him, just went walking
backwards, fending Mr. Selby off with his hands, with his mouth open and his
eyes staring, looking as helpless and aghast as could be. And when he got to the
door, he burst out crying like a little child."
Waters smacked his knee. "That's him," he cried. "That's the feller! He was up
the river same time as me, an' gettin' plenty to cry for, too. But what in what
made you try to do anything for one o' them?"
"He said he was an American citizen," answered Miss Pilgrim; "and Mr. Selby
wouldn't help him; so he was qualified. What made it difficult in his case was
that somehow I never found out what he'd done; and the Chief of Police was
queer about him too. I remember once that he told me that if he were to let the
man go, he'd be afraid to sleep at nights, for fear he'd hear children's voices
weeping in the dark. I couldn't get anything else out of him. And the next time I
went, they'd found out that the Mormon wasn't an American at all; he'd just been
in the States for a couple of years and then come back to Russia. So there wasn't
any more I could do."
Waters put his empty glass upon the square iron tray by the samovar.
He reached under his chair for his cap.
He smiled at her across the little table. He understood now why the gaunt room
reflected nothing of her. It was a city of refuge she had built and the refugees had
failed to come; it was a makeshift temple of her patriotism and her pity. He
caught her small answering smile, noting with what a docility of response her
lips shaped themselves to it. No doubt she had smiled just as obediently at the
"Mormon."
"It's a great idea, too," he went on. "Maybe Selby's all right as far as he goes, but
he certainly don't go very far. This here" he gathered the room into his gesture
"starts off where he stops. It's great!"
"Then you see now what I meant when I told you to come here to me?" she
asked. "Because I'll do everything I can, and the Chief of Police will always
listen to me. And you will come, won't you, if you should happen ever to need
help or or anything?"
"Why, you bet I will," he promised heartily. "I reckon I got a right to. You're my
vice-vice and we don't want to waste a room like this."
Watching her while he spoke, he had to hold down a smile which threatened to
show. She needed somebody in trouble and she was relying on him.
She left open the door for him while he went down the winding staircase, that he
might have light to see his way. When he was at the bottom, he looked up, to see
her head across the handrail, silhouetted above him and still oddly recognizable
and suggestive of her. Her voice came down to him, echoing in the well of the
stairway.
He was smiling as he went forth through the long hollow of the arch to the dim
street; the huddled dvornik with his swiveling eyes saw him, his face lifted to the
light of the numbered house-lamp, still with the shape of a smile inhabiting his
lips. The night wind, bitter from the water, met him as he went, driving through
the meagerness of his clothes, and still he smiled, cherished his mood like a
treasure. And below his mirth, cordial as a testimony of friendship, there
endured the memory of the barren and lifeless room, waiting for its fulfillment.
In the lodging which he discovered for himself, he lay that night upon his
crackling mattress, hands under his head, smoking a final cigarette and staring
up at the map of stains upon the ceiling. It had been a day tapestried with
sensations; there was much for the thoughtful mind of a connoisseur of life to
dwell upon; but, as he lay, in that hour of his leisure, the memory that persisted
in him was of the inner door in the dull room where he had drunk tea and talked
with the girl, and all the suggestion and enticement of it. He wished that for a
moment he could have looked beyond it and viewed just once the delicate and
fragrant privacy which it screened. The outer room had a purpose as plain as a
kitchen; the girl in it had shown him of herself only that purpose; the rest of her
was shut from him.
He pitched the end of his cigarette from him, turning his head to watch it roll to
safety in the middle of the bare floor.
"I'll go after a job in the morning," he said half aloud to the emptiness of the
mean chamber, and turned to sleep upon the resolution.
It was nearing noon of the next day when, following the trail of that redeeming
job, he went towards the Mathieson yards. While he was yet afar off he could see
between the roofs the cathedral-like scaffolding clustering around the shape of a
ship in the building; the rapid-fire of the hammers and riveting guns at work
upon her, plates was loud above the noises of the street. But he went slowly; he
had already been some hours upon his quest, and there was a touch of worry and
uncertainty in his face. It seemed that the world he had known so well had
changed its heart. The gatekeeper at the wharves where he formerly had driven a
winch had refused to admit him, and at the Russian foundry he had been curtly
ordered away. Policemen had hailed him familiarly and publicly, and twice
passing istvostchiks had swerved their little clattering vehicles to the curb to jeer
down into his face as they rumbled by. The smudged impress of a rubber-stamp
upon his passport and three lines of sprawling Russian handwriting recording his
conviction and punishment had marked him with the local equivalent of the
brand of Cain; henceforward he was set apart from other men. He pondered it as
he went in an indignant bewilderment; it was strange that others should find him
so different when he knew himself to be the same as ever.
The Scottish foreman-shipwright in the yard office looked up from his standing-
desk, lifting, to the light of the open door a red monkey-face comically fringed
with coppery whiskers, and stared at him ferociously with little stone-blue eyes.
He listened in fierce stillness while Waters put forward his request to be taken
on.
"It's you, is it?" he said then. "I know ye. When did they let ye out?"
"Yesterday," answered Waters wearily. "Say, boss, it was only for beatin' up an
istvostchik, and I got to have a job."
The fiery monkey-face, pursed in sourest disapproval, did not relax a line.
"Yesterday an' now ye come here! Well, we're no' wantin' hands just now, d'ye
see? An' if we was, we'd no' want you. So now ye know!"
The angry mask of a face continued to lower at him unwaveringly; it was almost
bitter and righteous enough to be funny. Waters surveyed it for a space of
moments with a faint interest in its mere grotesqueness; it did not change nor
shift under his scrutiny, but continued to glare inhumanly like a baleful lamp. He
humped a thin shoulder in resignation and turned away. When he was halfway to
the gate, he heard behind him the foreman ordering the gatekeeper not to admit
him in future.
Passing again along the cobbled street, he halted suddenly and gazed about him
like a man seeking. Everything was as it had been before, from the folk moving
in it to the pale sky over it. The little shops, showing idealized pictures of their
wares on painted boards beside their doors for the benefit of a public that could
not read; the cluster of small gold domes on a church at the corner; the great
bearded laboring men in their filthy sheepskins; the Jews, sleek and furtive; the
cabman who doffed his hat and crossed himself as he drove by a shrine there was
not a house nor a man that he could not identify and classify. He had come back
to them from the pain and labor of his imprisonment confident of what he should
find; and it was as if a home had become hostile and unwelcoming.
He had time to confirm this judgment in the days that followed. The approach of
winter was bringing its inevitable slackness to all work carried on in the open air,
and the big works could afford to be scrupulous about the characters of the men
they engaged; and the little tradesmen feared the ban of the police. His slender
store of money came to an end, and but for occasional jobs of wood-splitting as
the supplies of winter fuel came in, it would have been difficult merely to live.
As it was, he dragged his belt tighter about the waist of the old linen blouse and
showed to the daylight a face whose whimsicality and vagueness were darkened
with a touch of the saturnine. He showed it likewise to Miss Pilgrim when one
day she passed him at the noon hour, hurrying past the corner on which he stood,
wrapped to the eyes in her greatcoat.
"Good morning," she said. "It's, it's a cold day, isn't it?"
Waters had his back to the wall for shelter, and though he stood thus out of the
wind, the air drenched him with its chill like water. He smiled slowly with stiff
lips at the brisk outdoor pink in her cheeks.
"This ain't cold," he answered. "You won't call this cold when you've been
through a winter here."
"No," she agreed. "I suppose I won't." She shifted diffidently, looking at him
with her frank eyes. "Are you getting along all right," she asked.
He smiled again; in her meaning there was only one kind of "all right" and "all
wrong." "Why, yes," he replied. "I'm all right, Miss Pilgrim; an' if I wasn't, I'd
know where to come."
She nodded eagerly. "Yes; I don't want you to forget. I I'll always be glad to do
everything I can."
"Sure; I know that," he replied. "An' you? You makin' out all right too, Miss
Pilgrim? That Vice-vice-Consulate o' yours keepin' you pretty busy?"
The brisk pink flooded across her face in a quick flush, and her mouth drooped.
But her eyes, as always, were steady against his.
"There hasn't been anybody yet," she answered, with a look that deprecated his
smile.
He hastened to be sympathetic. "Too bad!" he said. "With a room like that all
ready an' waitin' too. But maybe it's only that things is kind o' slack just now;
somebody'll be cuttin' loose pretty soon and you'll get your turn all right."
She bade him farewell, with the little nod she had, and passed on, muffling her
chin down into her great cloth collar. Waters looked after her with a frown of
consideration. He was forgetting for the moment that he was cold, that he had
fed inadequately upon gruel of barley, that he was all but penniless in an
expensive and hostile world. There was astir in his being, as he watched the
slight overcoated figure of the girl, that same protective instinct which had
galvanized even Selby into generosity; it never fails to make one feel man
enough to cope with any array of ills. There crossed and tangled in his mind a
moving web of schemes for aiding and consoling her.
Each of them had for a character vagueness of method and utter completeness of
result, but none amounted to a programme. Waters, for all his brisk record, was
not a man of action; he was rather a mechanism jolted abruptly into action by the
impulses of a detached and ardent mind. It was chance, the ironic chance whose
marionettes are men and women, and not any design of his, which turned his feet
that evening towards the room that was always to be waiting and ready.
He was returning towards his lodging after an afternoon of looking for work,
tired, wearing a humor in tune with the early dark and the empty monotony of
the streets by which he went. The few folk who were abroad in them went by
like shy ghosts; the high fronts of the houses were like barricades between him
and all the comfort and security in the world. There was mud in the roads and his
boots were no longer weather-proof. Life tasted stale and sour.
An empty droschky, going the same way as himself, came bumping along the
gutter behind him, the driver singing hoarse and broken snatches of song. He
moved from the edge of the pavement to be clear of mud-splashes as it passed
him, and heard, without further concern, the vehicle draw up level with him and
the whistle and slap of the whip as the istvostchik light-heartedly tortured his
feeble horse.
"Her eyes are cornflowers," proclaimed the istvostchik melodiously; "her lips
are-" He was abreast of Waters as he broke off. Five feet of uneven and slimy
sidewalk separated them. Waters looked up; a house-lamp was above, dull and
steady as a foggy star; and it showed him, upon the box of the droschky, his
enemy, the mainspring of all his troubles. He halted short.
The istvostchik had recognized him likewise. He was something short of drunk,
but his liquor was lively in him, and he wrenched his poor specter of a horse to a
standstill. Upon his seat, padded hugely in his gown, he had a sort of throned
look, a travesty of majesty; his whip was held like a scepter.
They stared at one another for a space of three or four breaths. Waters was
frankly aghast; this, upon the top of his other troubles, was overwhelming. The
istvostchik ruptured the moment with a brassy yell.
"Wow!" he howled. "My Amerikanetz, the Foreigner, the jail-bird! Look at him,
brothers!" He waved his whip as though the darkness were thronged with
auditors. "Look at the jail-bird!"
From the gate below the dull lamp a dvornik poked his head forth. Waters had a
sense that every door and window in the street was similarly fertile in heads.
The man upon the little cab rolled on his seat in a strident ecstasy of eloquence,
brandishing arm and whip abroad above the back of the drooping horse.
"He tried to fight me, and first I beat him terribly oh, terribly! and then I made a
protocol and sent him to prison. See him?" he bellowed. "See the jail-bird? See
the dog?"
"I haven't done with you, my golubchik, my little prison-rat. Come back here to
me when I bid you. What, you won't? Get on, you!"
The last was to the horse, accompanied by a rending slash with the whip. The
wretched animal jerked forward, and Waters backed to the wall as his enemy
clattered down upon him again.
"That'll do you," he warned as the cabman dragged his horse to a standstill once
more. "I'm not lookin' for trouble. You be on your way!"
"He runs away from me, this Amerikanetz! He runs away, because when I find
him I beat him I beat him whenever I find him. See now, brothers, I am beating
him!"
And out of the tangle of his gesticulations, the whip-lash swooped across the
sidewalk and cut Waters heavily across the neck.
In the mere surprise of it and the instance of the pain, Waters made a noise like a
yelp, a little spurt of involuntary sound. And then the tinder lighted.
It was the last coherent syllable which he uttered in the affair. With a rush Waters
cleared the sidewalk and was upon him, had him by the pulp of clothes which
enveloped him and tore him across the wheel to the ground. They went down
together across the curb, legs in the gutter among the wheels, a convulsive
bundle of battle that tore apart and whirled together again as the American, with
all the long-compressed springs of his being suddenly released and vibrant,
poured his resentment and soul-soreness into his fists and found balm for them
in the mere spite of hitting somebody.
It was a short fight. The istvostchik, even under his padding, was a biggish man
and vicious with liquor; he grappled at his antagonist earnestly enough, to drag
him down and bite and worry and kick in the manner of his kind. But the breast
of the worn linen blouse ripped in his clutch and a pair of man-stopping punches
on the mouth and the eye drove him backwards towards the wall. It was then he
began to squeal.
There were spectators by now, dvorniks who came running and passers-by upon
the other side who appeared from nowhere as though suddenly materialized.
There was a sparse circle of them about the fight when it ceased, with the
istvostchik down and flattened in the angle of the wall and the pavement, making
small timid noises like a complaining kitten. Waters, with the mist of battle
clearing, from his eyes, saw them all about him, dark, well-wrapped figures,
watching him silently or whispering together. He sensed their profound
disapproval of him and his proceedings.
"That'll keep you quiet for a while," he spoke down to the wreck of the
istvostchik.
Only moans answered him; he grunted and turned to go. From the nearest group
of spectators a single figure detached itself and moved towards him, blocking his
path. It revealed itself at close quarters as a stout, middle-aged man,
prosperously fur-coated, with a spike of dark beard the inevitable public-spirited
citizen of the provinces.
"You must explain this disturbance," he said to Waters importantly. "You must
wait here and explain yes, and show your papers. You cannot walk away like
this!"
His companions pressed nearer interestedly. Waters could not know the figure he
cut, with his torn blouse which even in the gloom showed stains of the mud and
blood of the combat.
"Your papers," persisted the stout man. "I," he puffed his chest, "I am in the
Administration; I require to see your papers. Produce them!"
The pale oblong of his fat face wagged at Waters peremptorily; he quite
obviously felt himself a spokesman for order and decency and the divinely
ordained institution of "papers."
"I said get out o' my way," said Waters clearly. He put the flat of his hand against
the stout man's fur-coated chest, shoved, and sent him staggering back on his
heels among his supporters. Without looking towards him again, he passed
through them and continued his way. He heard the chorus of their indignation
break out behind him.
"Hi, you there!" It rang with the note of practiced authority. "Halt, d'you hear?
Halt!"
The tones were enough, without the fashion of the words, to tell him that a
policeman had arrived on the scene. He looked back and saw that the group of
citizens was flowing along the sidewalk towards him, a black moving blot. He
could not distinguish the policeman, but he knew that the others must be
escorting him, coming with him to see the finish.
There was a corner some thirty or forty yards farther on. Waters jammed his cap
tighter on his head, picked up his heels and sprinted for it.
Waters was at the corner when the shot sounded, detonating, like a cannon in the
channel of the street. Where the bullet went he did not guess; he was round the
corner, running in the middle of the street for the next turning, with eyes alert for
any entrance in which he might find a refuge. But the firing had had its intended
effect of bringing every dvornik to his gate, and there was nothing for it but to
run on. He heard the chase round the corner behind him and the policeman's
'repeated shout; the skin of his back crawled in momentary expectation of
another shot that might not go wild; and then, with the next corner yet twenty
yards away, came the idea.
The mere felicity of it tickled him like a jest in the midst of all his stress; he
spent hoarded breath in a gasp of laughter.
Around the corner that lay just ahead of him, for which he was racing, was the
street in which Miss Pilgrim lived, with her outer room that was always ready
and waiting. Without design or purpose he had run towards it; an inscrutable
fate, whimsical as his own humor, had herded him thither. Well, he would go
there! The matter was slight, after all; she would explain the whole matter to her
Chief of Police, how the istvostchik had been the assailant and so forth; he
would be released, and her self-appointed function of "vice-vice" would shine
forth justified and vindicated. It all fell out as dexterously as a conjuring trick.
It was the thought of her and the expectation of her welcome to the barren room
that made him smile as he climbed. Muddy, penniless and hunted, he knew
himself for one that brought gifts; he was going to make her rich with the sense
of power and benevolence. He was half-way up the second flight, at the head of
which she lived, when he heard the policeman and his following of citizens enter
below him and the stamp of their firm ascending feet on the lower steps. He took
the remaining stairs three at a time. Upon the landing, the door of the flat stood
ajar.
He tapped nervously with his nails upon the door, hearing from below the
approaching footsteps of the hunters.
The bell-push was a button somewhere in the woodwork and he could not find it.
He tapped and whispered again. The others were at the foot of the second flight
now; in a couple of seconds the turn of the staircase would let them see him, and
he would be captured and dragged away from her very threshold. He had a last
agony of hesitation, an impulse swiftly tasted and rejected, to try a rush down the
stairs and a fight to get through and away; and then he stepped into the flat and
eased the door to behind him. Its patent lock latched itself with a small click
unheard by the party whose feet clattered on the stone steps.
There was a clock somewhere in the dwelling that ticked pompously and
monotonously, and no other sound. Standing inside the door, in that hush of the
house, he was oppressed by a sense of shameful trespass; he glanced with
trepidation towards the kitchen, dreading to see someone come forth and shriek
at the sight of him. Supposing Miss Pilgrim were out! Then from the landing
came a smart insistent knock upon the door, and within the flat a bell woke and
shrilled vociferously. He turned; the room that was always to be ready was at his
side, and he fled on tiptoe into its darkness.
He got himself clear of the door, moving with extended hands across its creaking
parquet till he touched the cold smoothness of the tiled stove, and freezing to
immobility as he heard the kitchen door open. Quick footsteps advanced along
the passage; to him, checking, his breath in the dark, listening with every nerve
taut, it was as though he saw her, the serene poise of her body as she walked, the
pathetic confidence of her high-held head, so distinctive and personal was even
the noise of her tread on the boards. Presently, when she had sent the policeman
away, he would see her and make her the gift of his request and watch her face
as she received it from him.
The latch clicked back under her hand, and she was standing in the entry,
confronting the policeman and his backing of citizens.
"Yes?" he heard her say, with a note of surprise at the sight of them. "Yes? What
is it?"
The policeman's voice, with the official rasp in it, answered, spitting facts as
brief as curses. "Man evading arrest aggravated assault believed to be a certain
American apparently escaped this direction." It was like a telegram talking.
Then, from his escort, a corroborating gabble.
He could imagine her look of rather puzzled eagerness. "An American?" she
exclaimed. Then, as she realized it and its possibilities possibly also the fact that
already when an American was sought for it was to her door that they came
"oh!"
"Require you to produce him," injected the policeman, "if here! He is here yes?"
"No," she answered; "nobody has come here yet."
There seemed to be a check at that; the effect of her, standing in the doorway,
made insistence difficult. The loud clock ticked on, and, at the background of the
whole affair, the citizens on the landing maintained a subdued and unremarked
murmur among themselves.
"He came this way," observed the policeman tenaciously. "He was seen to pass
the next house." And a voice chimed in, melancholy, plaintive, evidently the
voice of the dvornik who had been discovered absent from his post: "Yes, I saw
him."
"Well," Miss Pilgrim seemed a little at a loss. "He's not here." She paused. "I
have two rooms here," she added; "this" she must be pointing to the dark open
door beside her "and my bedroom. You can look in this room, if that is what you
want."
Waters heard the answering yap of the policeman and the shuffle of feet. He
turned in panic; there was no time to reason with events. A step, and his groping
hands were against that inner door, which yielded to their touch. Even in the
chaos of his wits, he was aware of that subtle odor he had perceived before, that
elusive fragrance which seemed a very emanation of chaste girlhood and virgin
delicacy. He was inside, leaving the door an inch ajar, as the switch clicked in
the outer room and a narrow jet of light stabbed through the opening.
The citizens, faithful to the trial, had crowded in. The policeman grunted
doubtfully.
Waters, easing his breath noiselessly, let his eyes wander. The streak of light lay
across the floor and up over the counterpane of a narrow wooden bed, then
climbed the wall across the face of a picture to the ceiling. Beyond its
illumination, there were dim shapes of a dressing-table and a wash-hand-stand,
and there were dresses hanging on the wall beside him behind a sheet draped
from a shelf. A window, high and double-paned, gave on the courtyard. Through
it he could see the lights shining in curtained windows opposite.
"But" her voice came from near the door, as though she were standing before it,
barring the way to them, "you certainly shall not look. It is my bedroom, and
even if your man had come here" she broke off abruptly. "You see he is not
here," she added.
"I must look," repeated the policeman in exactly the same tone as before. "It is
necessary."
"No," she said. "You must take my word. If you do not, I shall complain
tomorrow morning to the consul and to the Chief of Police and you shall be
punished."
"H'm!" The policeman was in doubt; she had spoken with a plain effect of
meaning what she said, and a policeman's head upon a charger is a small
sacrifice for a courteous Chief to offer to a lady friend. He tried to be reasonable
with her.
"It was because he was seen to come this way," he argued. "He passed the next
house and the dvornik this man here! saw him. He had committed an assault, an
aggravated assault, on an istvostchik and evaded arrest. And he came this way."
"He is not here, though," replied Miss Pilgrim steadily. "Nobody at all has been
here this evening. I give you my word."
The Russian phrase she used was "chestnoe slovo," "upon my honorable word."
Waters caught his breath and listened anxiously.
"I give you my honorable word that he is not here," she affirmed deliberately.
From the rear of the room somebody piped up acutely: "Then why may the
policeman not look, since nobody is there?" Murmurs of agreement supported
the questioner.
Miss Pilgrim did not answer. It was to Waters as though she and the policeman
stood, estimating each other, measuring strength and capacity. The policeman
grunted.
"Well," he said, "since you say, upon your honorable word but I must report the
matter, you understand." He paused and there followed the rustle of paper as he
produced and opened his notebook.
"Certainly," agreed Miss Pilgrim, in a voice of extreme formality. But she moved
to the bedroom door and drew it conclusively shut before she replied.
Waters drew deep breaths and shifted his weight from one foot to the other. From
the farther room he could hear now no more than confused and inarticulate
murmurings; but he was not curious about the rest. He knew just what was going
on the fatuous interrogatory as to name, surname, age, birthplace, nationality,
father, mother, trade, married or single, civil status, and all the rest of the
rigmarole involved in every contact with the Russian police. He had seen it
many times and endured it himself often enough. Just now he had another matter
to think of.
The window showed him the pit of the courtyard; its frame was not yet caulked
with cotton-wool and sealed with brown paper for the winter. He got it open and
leaned out, feeling to either side for a spout, a pipe, anything that would give
him handhold to climb down by. There was nothing of the kind; but directly
below him he could make out the mass of the great square stack of furnace-wood
built against the wall. From the sill to the top of the stack was a drop of full
twenty feet.
He measured it with his eyes as best he could in the darkness. It was a chance, a
not impossible one, but ugly enough. At any rate, it was the only one, if he were
to get out and leave that "honorable word" untarnished. It never occurred to him
that she might take it less seriously than he.
Waters, who dreamed, who stood by and gazed when life became turbulent and
vivid, did not hesitate now. There was time for nothing but action, if he was to
substitute a worthy sacrifice for his spoiled gift.
Seated upon the sill, he managed to draw the inner window shut and to latch it
through the ventilating pane; the outer one he had to leave swinging and trust
that she might find or not demand an explanation for it. This done, he was left,
with his back to the house, seated upon the sill, a ledge perhaps a foot wide, with
his legs swinging above the twenty-foot drop. In order to make it with a chance
for safety, he had so to change his posture that he could hang by his hands from
the sill, thus reducing the sheer fall by some six feet.
The dull windows of the courtyard watched him like stagnant eyes as, leaning
aside, he labored to turn and lower himself. His experience at sea and upon the
gantries in the yards should have helped him; but the past days, with their chill
and insufficient food, had done their work on nerve and muscle, and he was still
straining to turn and get his weight on to his hands when he slipped.
In the outer room, the catechism was running, or crawling, its ritual course.
"Father's nationality?" the policeman was inquiring, with his notebook upheld to
the light and! a stub of flat pencil poised for the answer. A noise from the
courtyard reached him. "What's that?" he inquired.
"Sounds like wood slipping off the stack," volunteered a citizen, and the dvornik,
whose business it had been to pile it, and who had trouble enough on his hands
already, sighed and drooped.
Below in the courtyard, Waters sat up and raised a hand to where something wet
and warm was running down his cheek from under his hair, and found that it hurt
his wrist when he did so. He rose stiffly, cursing to himself at the pain it caused
him. Above him, the windows of the room that was always to be ready and
waiting were broad and bright and heads were visible against them. He felt
himself carefully and discovered that he could walk.
"Huh! Me for the roads goin' south outta this," he soliloquized, as he hobbled
towards the gate; "an' startin' right now!"
He paused at the entry to the arch and looked back at the windows again.
"Honorable word!" he repeated bitterly, nursing his injured wrist.
"Wouldn't that jar you?"
XI
THE CONNOISSEUR
The office of the machine-tool agency, where Mr. Baruch sat bowed and intent
over his desk, was still as a chapel upon that afternoon of early autumn; the pale
South Russian sun, shining full upon its windows, did no more than touch with
color the sober shadows of the place. From the single room of the American
Vice-Consulate, across the narrow staircase-landing without, there came to Mr.
Baruch the hum of indistinguishable voices that touched his consciousness
without troubling it. Then, suddenly, with a swell-organ effect, as though a door
had been flung open between him and the speakers, he heard a single voice that
babbled and faltered in noisy shrill anger.
"Out o' this! Out o' this!" It was the unmistakable voice of Selby, the vice-consul,
whose routine day was incomplete without a quarrel. "Call yourself an American
you? Coming in here."
The voice ceased abruptly. Mr. Baruch, at his desk, moved slightly like one who
disposes of a trivial interruption, and bent again to the matter before him.
Between his large, white hands, each decorated with a single ring, he held a
small oblong box, the size of a cigar-case, of that blue lacquer of which Russian
craftsmen once alone possessed the secret. Battered now by base uses, tarnished
and abraded here and there, it preserved yet, for such eyes as those of Mr.
Baruch, clues to its ancient delicacy of surface and the glory of its sky-rivaling
blue. He had found it an hour before upon a tobacconist's counter, containing
matches, and had bought it for a few kopeks; and now, alone in his office, amid
his catalogues of lathes and punches, he was poring over it, reading it as another
man might read poetry, inhaling from it all that the artist, its maker, had breathed
into it.
Footsteps crossed the landing, and there was a loud knock on his door. Before
Mr. Baruch, deliberate always, could reply, it was pushed open and Selby, the
vice-consul, his hair awry, his glasses askew on the high, thin bridge of his nose,
and with all his general air of a maddened bird, stood upon the threshold.
Selby advanced into the room, saving his eyeglasses by a sudden clutch.
"Say, Baruch," he shrilled, "here's the devil of a thing! This place gets worse
every day. Feller comes into my office, kind of a peddler, selling rugs and
carpets and shows a sort of passport; Armenian, I guess, or a Persian, or
something; and when I tell him to clear out, if he doesn't go and throw a kind of
a fit right on my floor!"
"Ah!" said Mr. Baruch sympathetically. "A fit yes? You have telephoned for the
gorodski pomosh the town ambulance?"
"Yes," said Selby; "at least, I had Miss Pilgrim do that, my clerk, you know."
"Yes," said Mr. Baruch; "I know Miss Pilgrim. Well, I will come and see your
peddler man." He rose. "But first see what I have been buying for myself,
Selby." He held out the little battered box upon his large, firm palm. "You like it?
I gave forty kopeks for it to a man who would have taken twenty. It is nice yes?"
Selby gazed vaguely. "Very nice," he said perfunctorily. "I used to buy 'em, too,
when I came here first."
Mr. Baruch smiled that quiet, friendly smile of his, and put the box carefully into
a drawer of his desk.
Mr. Baruch bent to help her place the bundle in position. She lifted her face to
him in recognition. Selby, fretting to and fro, snorted.
"Blamed if I'd have touched him," he said. "Most likely he never saw soap in his
life. A hobo that's what he is just a hobo."
Miss Pilgrim gave a little deprecating smile and stood up. She was a slight girl,
serious and gentle, and half her waking life was spent in counteracting the
effects of Selby 's indigestion and ill-temper. Mr. Baruch was still stooping to the
bundle of rugs.
"Oh, that'll be all right, Mr. Baruch," she assured him. "He's quite comfortable
now."
"I am seeing the kind of rugs he has," he answered. "I am interested in rugs. You
do not know rugs no?"
He smiled at her. He had a corner of the rug unfolded now and draped over his
bent knee. His hand stroked it delicately; the blank light from the window let its
coloring show in its just values. Mr. Baruch, with the dregs of his smile yet
curving his lips, scanned it without too much appearance of interest. He was
known for a "collector," a man who gathered things that others disregarded, and
both Miss Pilgrim and Selby watched him with the respect of the laity for the
initiate. But they could not discern or share the mounting ecstasy of the
connoisseur, of the spirit which is to the artist what the wife is to the husband, as
he realized the truth and power of the coloring, its stained-glass glow, the justice
and strength of the patterning and the authentic silk-and-steel of the texture.
"Is it any good?" asked Selby suddenly. "I've heard of 'em being worth a lot
sometimes thousands of dollars!"
"Sometimes," agreed Mr. Baruch. "Those you can see in museums. This one,
now I would offer him twenty rubles for it, and I would give perhaps thirty if he
bargained too hard. That is because I have a place for it in my house."
The loud feet of the ambulance men on the stairs interrupted him. Mr. Baruch,
dragging the partly unfolded rugs with him, moved away as the white clad
doctor and his retinue of stretcher-bearers came in at the door, with exactly the
manner of the mere spectator who makes room for people more directly
concerned. He saw the doctor kneel beside the prostrate man and Miss Pilgrim
hand him one of the office tea-glasses; then, while all crowded round to watch
the process of luring back the strayed soul of the peddler, he had leisure to assure
himself again of the quality of his find. The tea-glass clinked against clenched
teeth. "A spoon, somebody!" snapped the doctor. The cramped throat gurgled
painfully; but Mr. Baruch, slave to the delight of the eye, was unheeding. A joy
akin to love, pervading and rejoicing his every faculty, had possession of him.
The carpet was all he had deemed it and more, the perfect expression in its
medium of a fine and pure will to beauty.
The peddler on the floor behind him groaned painfully and tatters of speech
formed on his lips.
Mr. Baruch dropped the rug and moved quietly towards the group.
The man was conscious again; a stretcher-bearer, kneeling behind him, was
holding him in a half sitting posture, and Mr. Baruch watched with interest how
the tide of returning intelligence mounted in the thin mask of his face. He was an
Armenian by every evidence, an effect of weather-beaten pallor appearing
through dense masses of coal-black beard and hair one of those timid and servile
off-scourings of civilization whose wandering lives are daily epics of horrid peril
and adventure. His pale eyes roved here and there as he lay against the stretcher-
bearer's knee.
"Well," said the doctor, rising and dusting his hands one against the other, "we
won't need the stretcher. Two of you take him under his arms and help him up."
The burly Russian ambulance men hoisted him easily enough and stood
supporting him while he hung between them weakly. Still his eyes wandered,
seeking dumbly in the big room. The doctor turned to speak to the vice-consul,
and Miss Pilgrim moved forward to the sick man.
He made feeble sounds, but Mr. Baruch heard no shaped word. Miss
Pilgrim, however, seemed to understand.
"Oh, your rugs!" she answered. "They're all here, quite safe." She pointed to the
bundle, lying where it had been thrust aside. "Quite safe, you see."
Mr. Baruch said no word. The silken carpet that he had removed was out of sight
upon the farther side of the big central table of the office. The peddler groaned
again and murmured; Miss Pilgrim bent forward to give ear. Mr. Baruch, quietly
and deliberately as always, moved to join the conference of the doctor and Selby.
He was making a third to their conversation when Miss Pilgrim turned.
"One more?" she was saying. "Is there one more? Mr. Baruch, did you—
Oh, there it is!"
She moved across to fetch it. The peddler's eyes followed her slavishly. Mr.
Baruch smiled.
"He isn't fit to do any bargaining yet," replied Miss Pilgrim, and
Mr. Baruch nodded agreeably.
The doctor and Selby finished their talk, and the former came back into the
group.
They moved to obey, but the sick man, mouthing strange sounds, seemed to try
to hang back, making gestures with his head towards the disregarded bundle that
was the whole of his earthly wealth.
"What's the matter with him?" cried the doctor impatiently. "Those rugs? Oh, we
can't take a hotbed of microbes like that to the hospital! Move him along there!"
"And I'm not going to have 'em here," barked Selby. The peddler, limp between
the big stretcher bearers, moaned and seemed to shiver in a vain effort to free
himself.
"Wait, please!" Miss Pilgrim came forward. She had been folding the silken rug
of Mr. Baruch's choice, and was now carrying it before her. It was as though she
wore an apron of dawn gold and sunset red.
The pitiful man rolled meek imploring eyes upon her. She cast down the rug she
carried upon the others in their bundle and stood over them.
"I'll take care of them," she said. "They will be safe with me. Do you
understand? Me!" She touched herself upon her white-clad bosom with one
hand, pointing with the other to the rugs.
The man gazed at her mournfully, resignedly. Martyrdom was the daily bread of
his race; oppression had been his apprenticeship to life. It was in the order of
things as he knew it that those who had power over him should plunder him; but,
facing the earnest girl, with her frank and kindly eyes, some glimmer of hope
lighted in his abjectness. He sighed and let his head fall forward in a feeble
motion of acquiescence, and the big men who held him took him out and down
the stairs to the waiting ambulance.
"Well!" said Selby, as the door closed behind the doctor. "Who wouldn't sell a
farm and be a consul. We'd ought to have the place disinfected. What do you
reckon to do with that junk, Miss Pilgrim?"
Miss Pilgrim was readjusting the thong that had bound the rugs together.
"Oh, I'll take them home in a droschky, Mr. Selby," she said. "I've got a cupboard
in my rooms where they can stay till the poor man gets out of hospital."
"All right," snarled Selby. "It's your troubles." He turned away, but stopped upon
a sudden thought. "What about letting Baruch take that rug now?" he asked.
"He's offered a price and he can pay it to you."
"Certainly," agreed Mr. Baruch. "I can pay the cash to Miss Pilgrim and she can
pay it to the poor man. He will perhaps be glad to have some cash at once when
he comes out."
Miss Pilgrim, kneeling beside the pack of rugs, looked doubtfully from one to
the other. Mr. Baruch returned her gaze benignly. Selby, as always, had the
affronted air of one who is prepared to be refused the most just and moderate
demand.
"Why," she began hesitatingly, "I suppose-" Then Selby had to strike in.
"Aren't worrying because you said you'd look after the stuff yourself, are you?"
he jeered.
Mr. Baruch's expression did not alter by so much as a twitch; there was no
outward index of his impulse to smite the blundering man across the mouth.
The hesitancy upon Miss Pilgrim's face dissolved in an instant and she positively
brightened.
"Of course," she said happily. "What can I have been thinking of? When the poor
man comes out Mr. Baruch can make his own bargain with him; but till then I
promised!"
"But, Selby, my friend, Miss Pilgrim is quite right. She promised; and it is only
two or three days to wait, and also it is not the only rug in the world. Though,"
he added generously, "it is a nice rug yes?"
Miss Pilgrim smiled at him gratefully; Selby shrugged, and just caught his
glasses as the shrug shook them loose.
"Fix it to suit yourselves," he snarled, and moved away toward his untidy desk
by the window.
The pale autumn sun had dissolved in watery splendors as Mr. Baruch, with the
wide astrakhan collar of his overcoat turned up about his ears, walked easily
homeward in the brisk evening chill. There were lights along the wharves, and
the broad waters of the port, along which his road lay, were freckled with the
spark-like lanterns on the ships, each with its little shimmer of radiance reflected
from the stream. Commonly, as he strolled, he saw it all with gladness; the world
and the fullness thereof were ministers of his pleasure; but upon this night he
saw it absently, with eyes that dwelt beyond it all. Outwardly, he was the usual
Mr. Baruch; his slightly sluggish benevolence of demeanor was unchanged as he
returned the salute of a policeman upon a corner, but inwardly he was like a man
uplifted by good news. The sense of pure beauty, buried in his being, stirred like
a rebellious slave. Those arabesques, that coloring, that texture thrilled him like
a gospel.
It was in the same mood of abstraction that he let himself into his flat in the great
German-built apartment-house that overlooked the "boulevard" and the thronged
river. He laid aside his overcoat in the little hall, conventional with its waxed
wood and its mirror, clicked an electric-light switch and passed through a
portiere into the salon, which was the chief room of his abode. A large room,
oblong and high-ceilinged, designed by a man with palace architecture that
obsession of the Russian architect on the brain. He advanced to it, still with that
vagueness of sense, and stopped, looking round him.
It was part of the effect which Mr. Baruch made upon those who came into
contact with him that few suspected him of a home, a domesticity of his own; he
was so complete, so compactly self-contained, without appanages of that kind.
Here, however, was the frame of his real existence, which contained it as a frame
contains a picture and threw it into relief. The great room, under the strong
lights, showed the conventional desert of polished parquet floor, with sparse
furniture grouped about it. There was an ivory-inlaid stand with a Benares brass
tray; a Circassian bridal linen-chest stood against a wall; the tiles of the stove in
the corner illustrated the life and martyrdom of Saint Tikhon. Upon another wall
was a trophy of old Cossack swords. Before the linen-chest there stood a trunk
of the kind that every Russian housemaid takes with her to her employment a
thing of bent birchwood, fantastically painted in strong reds and blues. One buys
such things for the price of a cocktail.
Mr. Baruch stood, looking round him at the room. Everything in it was of his
choosing, the trophy of some moment or some hour of delight. He had selected
his own background.
"Ah Samuel!"
He turned, deliberate always. Between the portieres that screened the opposite
doorway there stood the supreme "find" of his collection. Somewhere or other,
between the processes of becoming an emperor in the machine-tool trade of
southern Russia and an American citizen, Mr. Baruch so complete in himself, so
perfect an entity had added to himself a wife. The taste that manifested itself
alike on battered blue lacquer and worn prayer-rugs from Persia had not failed
him then; he had found a thing perfect of its kind. From the uneasy Caucasus,
where the harem-furnishers of Circassia jostle the woman-merchants of Georgia,
he had brought back a prize. The woman who stood in the doorway, one strong
bare arm uplifted to hold back the stamped leather curtain, was large a great
white creature like a moving statue, with a still, blank face framed in banks of
shining jet hair. The strong, lights of the chamber shone on her; she stood, still as
an image, with large, incurious eyes, looking at him. All the Orient was
immanent in her; she had the quiet, the resignation, the un-hope of the odalisque.
"Ah, Adina!" And then, in the Circassian idiom, "Grace go before you!"
Her white arm sank and the curtains swelled together behind her. Mr.
Baruch took the chief of his treasures into his arms and kissed her.
The room in which presently they dined was tiny, like a cabinet particulier; they
sat at food like lovers, with shutters closed upon the windows to defend their
privacy. Mr. Baruch ate largely, and his great wife watched him across the table
with still satisfaction. The linen of the table had been woven by the nuns of the
Lavra at Kiev; the soup-bowls were from Cracow; there was nothing in the place
that had not its quality and distinction. And Mr. Baruch fitted it as a snail fits its
shell. It was his shell, for, like a snail, he had exuded it from his being and it was
part of him.
"I saw a carpet to-day," he said abruptly. There was Black Sea salmon on his
plate, and he spoke above a laden fork.
"Yes?" The big, quiet woman did not so much inquire as invite him to continue.
Mr. Baruch ate some salmon. "A carpet yes," he said presently. "Real like
Diamonds, like you, Adina, I no mistake."
At the compliment, she lowered her head and raised it again in a motion like a
very slow nod. Mr. Baruch finished his salmon without further words.
Her large eyes, the docile eyes of the slave-wife, acclaimed him. For her there
were no doubts, no judgments; the husband was the master, the god of the house.
Mr. Baruch continued his meal to its end.
"And now," he said presently, when he had finished, "you will go to bed."
She stood up forthwith, revealing again her majestic stature and pose. Mr.
Baruch sat at his end of the table with his tiny cup of coffee and his thimble-like
glass before him. He lifted his eyes and gazed at her appreciatively, and, for a
moment, there lighted in his face a reflection of what Selby and Miss Pilgrim
might have seen in it, had they known how to look, when first he realized the
silken glories of the carpet. The woman, returning his gaze, maintained her pale,
submissive calm.
"Blessings," she replied, "and again blessings! Have sweet sleep, lord and
husband!"
He sat above his coffee and his liqueur and watched her superb body pass forth
from the little room. She did not turn to look back; they are not trained to
coquetry, those chattel-women of the Caucasus. Mr. Baruch smiled while he let
the sweetish and violently strong liqueur roll over his tongue and the assertively
fragrant coffee possess his senses. His wife was a "find," a thing perfect of its
sort, that satisfied his exigent taste; and now again he was to thrill with the joy of
acquisition. There were rugs in the room where he sat one draped over a settee,
another hanging upon the wall opposite him, one underfoot each fine and
singular in its manner He passed an eye over them and then ceased to sec them.
His benevolent face, with all its suggestive reserve and its quiet shrewdness, fell
vague with reverie. It was in absence of mind rather than in presence of appetite
that he helped himself for the fourth time to the high-explosive liqueur from the
old Vilna decanter; and there flashed into sight before him, the clearer for the
spur with which the potent drink rowelled his consciousness, the vision of the
silk carpet, its glow, as though fire were mixed with the dyes of it, the faultless
Tightness and art of its pattern, the soul-ensnaring perfection of the whole.
It was some hours later that he looked into his wife's room on his way to his
own. She was asleep, her quiet head cushioned upon the waves of her hair. Mr.
Baruch, half-burned cigar between his teeth, stood and gazed at her. Her face,
wiped clean of its powder, was white as paper, with that deathlike whiteness
which counts as beauty in Circassia; only the shadows of her eyelids and the
broad red of her lips stained her pallor. Across her breast the red and blue hem of
the quilt lay like a scarf.
"Blessings upon you," said Mr. Baruch, and smiled as he turned away.
"Bl-essings," she murmured sleepily, without opening her eyes, and sighed and
lay still once more.
The heart of man is a battle-ground where might is always right and victory is
always to the strongest of the warring passions. And even a saint's passion to
holiness is hardly stronger, more selfless, more disregardful of conditions and
obstacles than the passion of the lover of the beautiful, the connoisseur, toward
acquisition. In the days that followed, Mr. Baruch, walking his quiet ways about
the city, working in the stillness of his office, acquired the sense that the carpet,
by the mere force of his desire, was somehow due to him a thing only
momentarily out of his hands, like one's brief loan to a friend. Presently it would
come his way and be his; and it belongs to his sense of security in his right that
not once, not even when he remembered it most avidly, did he think of the
expedient of buying it from the sick peddler by paying him the value of it.
Another man would probably have gone forthwith to Selby, told him the secret,
and enlisted his aid; but Mr. Baruch did not work like that. He allowed chance a
week in which to show its reasonableness; and not till then, nothing having
happened, did he furnish himself, one afternoon, with an excuse, in the form of a
disputed customs charge, and cross the narrow landing to the American Vice-
Consulate.
Selby was there alone at his disorderly desk by the window, fussing feebly
among the chaos of his tumbled papers, and making a noise of desperation with
his lips like a singing kettle.
"Ah, Selby, my friend!" Mr. Baruch went smilingly forward. "You work always
too much. And now come I with a little other thing for you. It is too bad yes?"
"Hallo, Baruch!" returned Selby. "You're right about the working. Here I keep a
girl to keep my papers in some kind of a sort of order and I been hunting and
digging for an hour to find one of 'em. It gets me what she thinks I pay her for!
Hoboes an' that kind o' trash, that's her style."
Mr. Baruch had still his agreeable, mild smile, which was as much a part of his
daily wear as his trousers. He could not have steered the talk to better purpose.
Selby exploded in weak, sputtering fury, and, as always, his glasses canted on
the high, thin bridge of his nose and waggled in time to each jerk of words.
"It's that hobo, you saw him, Baruch, that pranced in here and threw a fit and a
lot of old carpets all over my floor. Armenian or some such thing! Well, they
took him to the hospital and this afternoon he hadn't got more sense than to send
a message over here."
"Yes," agreed Mr. Baruch; "it is inconvenient. So I will come back tomorrow
with my matter, when you shall have more time. Then the poor man, he is worse
or better?"
"No," replied Mr. Baruch equably, "I do not suppose that, Selby, my friend."
The street in which Miss Pilgrim had her rooms was one of the long gullies of
high-fronted architecture running at right angles to the river, and thither portly,
handsomely overcoated, with the deliberateness of a balanced and ordered mind
in every tread of his measured gait went Mr. Baruch. He had no plan; his
resource and personality would not fail him in an emergency, and it was time he
brought them to bear. One thing he was sure of he would take the carpet home
that night.
At the head of two flights of iron-railed stone stairs, he reached the door of the
flat which he sought. Two or three attempts upon the bell-push brought no
response, and he could hear no sound of life through the door. He waited
composedly. It did not enter his head that all the occupants might be out; and he
was right, for presently, after he had thumped on the door with his gloved fist,
there was a slip-slap of feet within and a sloven of a woman opened to him.
"The American lady is in? I wish to speak to her." The woman stood aside
hastily to let him enter. "Say Gaspodin Baruch is here," he directed blandly.
It was a narrow corridor, flanked with doors, in which he stood. The woman
knocked at the nearest of these, opened it, and spoke his name. Immediately
from within he heard the glad, gentle voice of the consul's clerk.
He removed his hat and entered. An unshaded electric-light bulb filled the room
with crude light, stripping its poverty and tawdriness naked to the eye its
bamboo furniture, its imitation parquet, and the cheap distemper of its walls. But
of these Mr. Baruch was only faintly aware, for in the middle of the floor, with
brown paper and string beside her, Miss Pilgrim knelt amid a kaleidoscope of
tumbled rugs, and in her hand, half folded already, was the rug.
She was smiling up at him with her mild, serene face, while under her thin, pale
hands lay the treasure.
"Now this is nice of you, Mr. Baruch," she was saying. "I suppose Mr.
Selby told you I'd had to go out."
Mr. Baruch nodded. He had let his eyes rest on the rug for a space of seconds,
and then averted them.
"Yes," he said. "He said it was some message about the poor man who was ill,
and I think he was angry."
"Angry?" Miss Pilgrim's smile faded. "I'm, I'm sorry for that."
"So," continued Mr. Baruch, "as I have to go by this way, I think I will call to see
if I can help. It was some paper Mr. Selby cannot find, I think."
"Some paper?" Miss Pilgrim pondered. "You don't know which it was?"
Mr. Baruch shook his head regretfully. Between them the rug lay and glowed up
at him.
"You see," continued Miss Pilgrim, "it's this way, Mr. Baruch. That poor man in
the hospital doesn't seem to be getting any better yet, and he's evidently fretting
about his rugs. They're probably all he's got in the world. So this afternoon they
telephoned up from the hospital to say he wanted me to send down one in
particular, the thinnest one of them all. That's this one!"
She showed it to him, her fingers feeling its edge. There was wonder in his mind
that the mere contact of it did not tell her of its worth.
"I'm afraid it's the one you wanted to buy," she said. "The one you said was
worth thirty rubles. Well, of course, it's his, and since he wanted it I had to get it
for him. I couldn't do anything else, could I, Mr. Baruch?"
"It is very kind treatment," he approved. "So now you pack it in a parcel and take
it to the hospital before you go back to find Mr. Selby's paper yes? Mr. Selby
will be glad."
A pucker of worry appeared between the girl's frank brows and she fell swiftly to
folding and packing the rug.
"If if only he hasn't left the office before I got there!" she doubted.
Mr. Baruch picked up the string and prepared to assist with the packing.
"Perhaps he will not be gone," he said consolingly. "He was so angry I think the
paper would be important, and he would stay to find it yes?" Miss Pilgrim did
not seem cheered by this supposition. "Well," said Mr. Baruch then, "if it should
be a help to you and the poor man, I can take this parcel for you and leave it in
the gate of the hospital when I go past this evening."
He had a momentary tremor as he made the proposal, but it was not doubt that it
would be accepted or fear lest his purpose should show through it. He felt
neither of these; it was the thrill of victory that he had to keep out of his tone and
his smile.
"Oh, Mr. Baruch, you are kind!" she cried. "I didn't like to ask you, but you must
be a thought reader. If you'd just hand it in for Doctor Semianoff, he'll know all
about it, and I can get back to Mr. Selby at once. And thank you ever so much,
Mr. Baruch!"
They went down the stairs together and bade each other a friendly good night in
the gateway.
"And I'm ever so much obliged to you, Mr. Baruch," said Miss Pilgrim again, her
pale face shining in the dusk.
"Hush! You must not say it," he said. "It is I that am happy."
Half an hour later, he found what he sought in a large furniture store on the
Pushkinskaia, an imitation Persian rug, manufactured at Frankfurt, and priced
seventeen rubles. With a little bargaining the salesman was no match for Mr.
Baruch, at that he got it for fifteen and a half. He himself directed the packing of
it, to see that no store-label was included in the parcel; and a quarter of an hour
later he delivered it by cab to the dvornik at the hospital gate for Doctor
Semianoff. Then he drove homeward; he could not spare the time to walk while
the bundle he held in his arms was yet unopened nor its treasure housed in his
home.
His stratagem was perfect. Even if the Armenian were to make an outcry, who
would lend him an ear?
The majestic woman in his home watched him impassively as he unpacked his
parcel and spread the rug loosely across a couple of chairs in the salon. In actual
words he said only: "This is the carpet, Adina, for your bed. Look at it well!"
She looked obediently, glancing from it to his face, her own still with its
unchanging calm, and wondered dully in her sex-specialized brain at the light of
rapture in his countenance. He pored upon it, devouring its rareness of beauty,
the sum and the detail of its perfection, with a joy as pure, an appreciation as
generous, as if he had not stolen it from under the hands of a sick pauper and a
Good Samaritan.
That night he stood at the door of his wife's room. "Blessings upon you!" he
said, and smiled at her in acknowledgment of the blessings she returned. A
brass-and-glass lantern contained the electric light in the chamber; it shone softly
on all the apparatus of toilet and slumber, and upon the picture that was Mr.
Baruch's chief work of art the marble-white face thrown into high relief by the
unbound black hair and the colors, like a tangle of softened and subdued
rainbows, that flowed from her bosom to the foot of the bed. He crossed the
floor and bent and kissed her where she lay.
"Wonderful!" he said to her. "You are a question, an eternal question. And here"
his hand moved on the surface of the rug like a caress "is the answer to you. Two
perfect things two perfect things!"
"I have them," he said; "two of them," and he laughed and left her.
He did not see Miss Pilgrim the following day or the next; that was easy for him
to contrive, for much of his business was done outside his office. It was not that
he had any fear of meeting her; but it was more agreeable to his feelings not to
be reminded of her part in the acquisition of the carpet. Upon the third day, he
was late in arriving, for his wife had complained at breakfast of headache and
sickness, and he had stayed to comfort her and see her back to bed for a twenty-
four hours' holiday from life. On his way he had stopped at a florist's to send her
back some flowers.'
He was barely seated at his desk when there was a knock upon his door and Miss
Pilgrim entered.
"Ah, Miss Pilgrim, good morning, I am glad to see you. You will sit down yes?"
He was rising to give her a chair he was not in the least afraid of her when
something about her arrested him, a trouble, a note of sorrow.
He knew the value of the deft interruption that breaks the thread of thought.
"There is something not right?" he suggested. "I hope not." With a manner of
sudden concern, he added: "The poor man, he is worse no?"
Miss Pilgrim showed him a stricken face and eyes brimming with tears.
"See, now!" said Mr. Baruch, shocked. "What a sad thing and after all your kind
treatment! I am sorry, Miss Pilgrim; but it is to remember that the poor man has
come here through much hardship yes? And at the least, you have given him
back his rug to comfort him."
"But" Miss Pilgrim stayed his drift of easy, grave speech with a sort of cry "that's
the cause of all the trouble and danger and you only did it to help me. You must
come with me to the town clinic at once. Mr. Selby's gone already. There'll be no
danger if you come at once."
"Danger?" repeated Mr. Baruch. "I have not understood." But though in all truth
he did not understand, a foreboding of knowledge was chill upon him. He
cleared his throat. "What did he die of?"
Miss Pilgrim's tears had overflowed. She had a difficulty in speaking. But her
stammered words came as clearly to his ears as though they were being shouted.
"Smallpox!"
He sat down heavily in the chair whence he had risen to receive her, and Miss
Pilgrim through her tears saw him shrivel in a gust of utter terror. All his mask of
complacency, of kindly power, of reticence of spirit fell from him; he gulped,
and his mouth sagged slack. She moved a pace nearer to him.
"But it'll be all right, Mr. Baruch, if you'll just come to the clinic at once and be
vaccinated. It's only because we touched him and the rugs. There isn't any need
to be so frightened."
She could not divine the vision that stood before his strained eyes the white face
of a woman, weary with her ailment, and the beautiful thing that blanketed her,
beautiful and venomous like a snake. His senses swam. But from his shaking lips
two words formed themselves:
"My wife!"
"Oh, come along, Mr. Baruch!" cried Miss Pilgrim. "Your wife hasn't touched
the rugs. She'll be perfectly all right!"
XII
THE DAY OF OMENS
"It is fine, M'sieur le Prince," answered the valet; "a beautiful day."
"H'm!" The Prince de Monpavon lifted himself on one silk-sleeved elbow to see
for himself. The window was on the west side of the building, so that from the
bed one looked as through a tunnel of shadow to a sunlight that hung aloof and
distant. He surveyed it for a space of minutes with a face of discontent, then fell
back on his pillows.
"Thought it was raining," he remarked. "Something feels wrong about it. What
time is it?"
"It is twenty minutes past eleven, M'sieur le Prince," replied the servant. "I will
fetch M'sieur le Prince's letters. And M. Dupontel has telephoned."
"Eh?" The Prince's hard eyes came round to him swiftly, but not soon enough to
see that movement of his right hand that gave him the appearance of deftly
pocketing some small object concealed in the palm of it. "What does he say?"
"He will be here at noon, and hopes that M'sieur le Prince will go to take lunch
with him."
The Prince nodded slowly, and the valet, treading always as if noise were a
sacrilege, passed out of the room to fetch the letters. The Prince lifted his head to
pack the pillow under it more conveniently, and waited in an appearance of deep
thought. Under the bedclothes the contour of his body showed long, and slender,
and his face, upturned to the canopy of the bed, was one upon which the years of
his age had found slight foothold. It had the smooth pallor of a man whose chief
activities are indoors: it was wary, nervous, and faintly sinister, with strong, dark
eyebrows standing in picturesque contrast to the white hair. The figure he was
accustomed to present was that of a man established in life as in a stronghold.
He was neither youthful nor elderly, but mature. Without fortune or rich
connections, he had contrived during nearly thirty years to live as a man of
wealth; he had seen the game ecarte go out and bridge come in; and had so
devised the effect he made that he was still more eminent as a personality than as
a gambler. Though he played in many places, he was careful not to win too much
in any of them, and rather than press for a debt he would forgive it.
The rat-faced valet reappeared, carrying a salver on which were some half dozen
envelopes. The Prince took them, and proceeded to examine them before
opening them, while the valet, still with his uncanny noiselessness, continued his
interrupted preparations. Two of the letters the Prince tossed to the floor
forthwith; he knew them for trifling bills. Of the others, there was one with the
name of a Paris hotel printed on the flap which appeared to interest him. He had
that common weakness for guessing at a letter before opening it which princes
share with scullions; and in the case of this one there was something vaguely
familiar in the handwriting to which he could not put a name. He stared at it
thoughtfully, and felt again a momentary stirring within him of that ill ease with
which he had waked from sleep, which had made him doubt that the day was
bright. Like all gamblers, he found significance in things themselves
insignificant. Impatiently he abandoned his speculations and tore the envelope
open; then turned upon his elbow to look at the signature.
"Parbleu!" he exclaimed.
The valet turned at the sound, but his master had forgotten his existence. The
man, his hands still busy inserting studs in a shirt, watched with sidelong glances
how the Prince had thrown off his languor and leaned above his letter, startled
and absorbed.
"MY DEAR MONPAVON [read the Prince]: For the first time since our parting,
nearly a generation ago, I am once more in Paris, of which the very speech has
become strange in my mouth. I return as a citizen of the United States, a
foreigner; you will perhaps recognize me with difficulty; and I would hardly
give you that trouble were it not for the engagement which is outstanding
between us an engagement which you will not fail to recall. It was concluded
upon that evening on which we saw each other last, when, having lost to you all
that remained to me to lose, you offered me my revenge whenever I should
choose to come for it. Well, I have come for it. I will call upon you as soon as
possible. I hope such visits are still as welcome to you as once they were."
And at the tail of the letter there sprawled the signature, bold and black: "JULES
CARIGNY."
"No!" said the Prince impatiently. He glanced up from his letter at the man's sly,
secret face. "But by the way have you ever heard of a Monsieur Carigny?"
It was with something like the empty shell of a smile that the man answered.
"Everybody who knows M'sieur le Prince has heard of him," he said suavely.
"H'm!" the Prince grunted doubtfully, but he knew it was true. Everybody had
heard of Carigny and the revenge that was due to him; impossible to refuse it to
him now.
There are incidents in every man's life concerning which one can never be sure
that they are closed; in such a life as that of the Prince de Monpavon there are
many. The affair of Carigny, nearly thirty years before, was one of them. While
he stared again at the letter, there rose before the Prince's eyes a vision of the
evening upon which they had parted in a great; over-ornate room with card-
tables in it, and a hanging chandelier of glass lusters that shivered and made a
tinkling bell-music whenever the door opened. It had been a short game. It was a
season of high stakes, and Carigny, as a loser, had doubled and doubled till the
last quick hand that finished him. He was a slim youth, with a face smooth and
pale. He sat back in his chair, with his head hanging, staring with a look of
stupefaction at the cards that spelled his ruin, his finish, and his exile. About
him, some of the onlookers began to talk loudly to cover his confusion, and their
voices seemed to restore him. He blinked and closed his mouth, and sat up.
"Well," he said, then, "there's an end of that!"
The Prince had answered with some conventional remark, the insincere regrets
of a winner for the loser's ill fortune, and had added something about giving
Carigny his revenge.
The other smiled a little and shook his head. "You are very good," he had
answered; "but at present that is impossible. Some day, perhaps."
He paused. He had risen from his chair, and, though the evening was yet young,
he had the look of a man wearied utterly. All the room was watching him; it was
known that he had lost all.
Carigny nodded slowly. "It may be a long time," he said. "I can see that it may
be years. But, since you are so good, some day we will play once more. It is
agreed?"
Carigny smiled once more. He had a queer, ironic little smile that seemed to
mock its own mirth. Then, nodding a good night here and there, he had gone
toward the door, tall and a little drooping, between the men who stood aside to
give him passage, strangely significant and notable at that final moment. At the
door he had turned and looked toward the Prince.
And the Prince, concerned not to fail in his attitude, not to make the wrong
impression upon those who watched, had matched his tone carefully to Carigny's
as he replied: "Au revoir!"
The thing had touched men's imaginations. The drama of that promised return,
years ahead, had made a story; it had threatened the Prince with notoriety. He
had had to live dexterously to escape it to play little and with restraint for many
months afterward. It had had to be suffered to exhaust itself, to die lingeringly. It
had lain in its grave for nearly thirty years; and now, like a hand reaching out
from a tomb, came this letter. The incident was not closed.
"No wonder," said the Prince to himself, as he knotted his necktie before the
mirror "no wonder the day felt wrong! There is bad luck in the very air. I must be
very careful today."
M. Dupontel, waiting for him in the salon, saw him enter between the folding
doors with a face upon which his distaste of the day had cast a shadow. Dupontel
was no more than twenty-five, and the Prince was one of his admirations and his
most expensive hobby. He rose from his seat, smiling, surveying, the other's
effect of immaculate clothing, fine bearing, and striking looks, and marking the
set of his countenance.
The Prince nodded without humor. "It is one of my days for being correct," he
answered. "I feel it in the air it is a day to be on my guard. I have these
sensations sometimes not often, mercifully! and I have learned to pay attention
to them."
Dupontel smiled again. "To me it seems a cheerful day," he said. "And you begin
it well, at any rate."
"How, then?" The Prince, coaxing on his grey gloves, turned narrowed eyes
upon him. "In what way do I begin it well?"
Dupontel produced a pocket-book from the breast of his coat. "I have to settle
with you over last evening," he said. "Two thousand, wasn't it? I call that
beginning any day well."
He dropped the notes upon the little table where the Prince's hat and cane lay.
For answer, Dupontel showed him his pocketbook, with still half a dozen
thousand-franc notes in it.
"Yes," said the Prince slowly. "That is the next thing, I suppose. And presently I
will tell you a reason why this is a day to be careful of."
In the elevator that bore them toward the street, he began of a sudden to search
his pockets. Dupontel, watching, him in surprise, saw a real worry replace the
customary lofty impassivity of his face.
"Yes," answered the Prince shortly. "Take us up again at once," he ordered the
attendant.
"I will not keep you a moment," he said to Dupontel, when the elevator had
reached his own floor again, and he entered his apartment quickly.
He found his valet still in the bedroom, putting it deftly in order, always with
that secret and furtive quality of look and movement. The Prince, tall, notably
splendid in person, halted in the doorway; the man, mean, little, shaped by
servile and menial uses, stopped in the middle of the room and returned his gaze
warily. There was an instant of silence.
"I had a coin," began the Prince. "A gold coin, not a French one! I had it in my
pocket last night. Where is it?"
"But I have not seen it, M'sieur le Prince," he said. "If M'sieur le
Prince wishes, I will search. Doubtless."
"I am in a hurry," interrupted the Prince. "It is a Mexican coin worth ten francs
only." He held out a coin. "Here is a ten-franc piece. Be quick."
They were equals for the moment; the relationship was plain to both of them.
With no failing of his countenance, the valet drew the missing, piece from his
pocket.
"Mexican?" he said. "I thought it was Spanish."
The coins changed hands. Neither of them failed in his attitude; they were well
matched.
The Prince rejoined Dupontel with his Mexican gold piece still in his hand.
"It was this I had left behind," he said, showing the thin-worn gold disc. "It is
well, a talisman of mine, a sort of mascot. I was nearly going without it. Rather
than do that I would stay at home."
Dupontel laughed. "You are superstitious, then?" he said lightly. "It is not much
to look at, your talisman."
The Prince shook his head; it seemed impossible to make him smile that
morning.
"That is true," he agreed, "but a man must put faith in something. When you
have heard what I have to tell you, you will understand that."
The streets, those lively streets of Paris that mask the keenness of their
commerce with so festive a face, were sunlit as they passed on their way, and
along the boulevards the trees were gracious with young green. They went at the
even and leisurely pace which is natural in that city of many halting-places two
men worth turning to look at, so perfectly did each, in his particular way, typify
his world. Both were tall, easy-moving, sure and restrained in every gesture.
Dupontel at twenty-five, for all the boyishness that sometimes showed in him,
had already his finished personal effect; and the Prince, white-haired, dark-
browed, with a certain austerity of expression, was as complete a thing as a work
of art.
"Then what is it, exactly, that you fear from this Carigny?" asked Dupontel,
when the Prince had told him of the letter. "I have heard the story, of course; but
I never heard he was dangerous."
"What, then?"
The Prince shook his head doubtfully. Such men as he seldom have a confidant,
but he was used to speak to Dupontel with more freedom than to any other.
"Things are dangerous," he answered. "There is bad luck about; I tell you, I feel
it. And now, this business of Carigny cropping up, rising like a ghost of the past
to demand a reckoning!" He shuddered; it was like the shudder of a man who
feels a sudden chill. "A reckoning!" he repeated. "At this rate, one is never quit
of anything."
"You are depressed," he said. "You must gather your forces, Monpavon. You
mustn't let Carigny find you in a state like this; it would make things easy for
him."
The Prince made a weary little gesture of assent. "I shall be ready for him," he
said. "If only-"
"If only I don't get a sign," he said; "like going out without my
Mexican coin, you know that would be a sign. If only I can avoid that
and a couple of other things I'll be ready enough for Monsieur
Carigny when he comes."
He was amused, and even a little contemptuous. He had not yet been long
enough at play to reach that stage when the gambler is the servant of small
private fetishes when an incident at the beginning of the day can fill him with
fears or hopes, and all life has a meaning which expresses itself in the run of the
cards.
They took their places at the table reserved for them. Waiters stood aloof,
effacing themselves, prepared to pounce upon their smallest need and annihilate
it. Dupontel breathed a number as he sat down, and the rotund and reverend
wine-waiter, wearing a chain of office, tried to express in his face respectful
esteem for a man who could give such an order.
He had his hands joined under his chin and his elbows on the table. The Prince,
with something like a crisp oath, snatched at the salt-cellar which his movement
would have overset, and saved it saved it with grains of salt sliding on the very
rim, but none fallen to the table. He made sure of this fact anxiously.
"That was a near thing," he said, looking up at Dupontel. There was actually
color in his face.
"That was the second," said the Prince. "First I nearly left my coin at home that
was my servant's doing. Then the salt is all but spilled my friend does that. If I
had a wife, I should expect to owe the third danger to her. Who will bring it to
me, I wonder?"
"You are extraordinary, with your signs and dangers," said Dupontel. "I never
heard you speak like this before. And, in any case, you have averted two perils."
"I have averted two," agreed the Prince. "You are right; that in itself is almost a
sign. It it gives me hope for the third the blind man."
"Sometimes I forget how young you are," he said. "A blind man, of course, is
nothing to you. You give him an alms, touching his hand when you put the
money into it, and go on to the club to play bridge. But if I, by any chance of the
street, were to touch a blind man, I should go home and go to bed. I have my
share of prudence me! and that is a risk I do not take. No!"
He interrupted himself to drink from his glass, while Dupontel sat back and
prepared, with a gesture of utter impatience, to be contemptuous and
argumentative.
"Carigny," said the Prince, setting his glass down, "Carigny, in the old days,
believed that too. But he was not prudent. That night we played, that last night of
which he writes in his letter, there was a blind man who begged of him. And
when he would have dropped a franc in his hand, the creature groped suddenly
for the coin. We were walking to the club together, and I saw it, standing aside
meanwhile. It was an old debris of a man, who begged in a voice that whispered
and croaked, and his hand was shriveled and purple, and it wavered and
trembled as he held it out. Because he was blind, with eyelids swollen and
discolored, Carigny said, as he drew the money from his pocket: 'Here is a franc,
my friend!' Then the old creature groped, as I have said, with a jerk of his
inhuman claw, and grabbed the money from Carigny before he could let it fall,
and I saw their hands touch. Carigny would not have played that night but that
we had appointed to play."
"You could have let him off till next day," said Dupontel.
The Prince shook his head. "In those times," he said, "it was not the custom to
break one's engagements neither to break them nor to allow them to be broken."
"I should like to see this Carigny of yours," said Dupontel thoughtfully. "When
do you expect him to call on you?"
"His letter says 'as soon as possible,'" answered the Prince. "That constitutes in
itself an engagement which Carigny will not fail to keep. He will come this
afternoon."
Their meal achieved itself perfectly, like a ritual There arrived the time when the
Prince set down his tiny coffee-cup and leaned back detachedly, while the waiter
with the bill went through his celebrated impersonation of a man receiving a
favor. Together they passed out between the great glass doors to the street.
"As usual," said the Prince. It was his custom to pass the time between lunch and
the hour when he was likely to find a game of bridge in strolling; it served for
exercise.
"But," suggested the young man, "you might meet a blind man! Wouldn't it be
better to go straight to the club?"
"And meet one on the way there?" The Prince shook his head. "No, my friend.
That is a chance one must take. One can, however, keep one's eyes open."
In the Place de la Concorde they actually did meet a blind man a lean, bowed
man feeling his way along the curb with a stick deftly enough, so that, as he was
on the wrong side of the sidewalk, it would have been easy enough to brush
against him in passing. It was the Prince who first perceived him approaching.
He touched Dupontel and pointed.
"Let us make room for him," he said; and they stepped into the roadway to let
him pass.
What was strange was that when he came abreast of them he paused, with his
face nosing and peering in his blindness, and felt before him with an extended
hand, as if he had expected to find something in his way. The hand and the
skinny wrist, protruding from the frayed sleeve and searching the empty air,
affected Dupontel unpleasantly; they touched the fund of credulity in him which
is at the root of all men who believe in nothing. He watched the blind man like
an actor in a scene till he moved on again, with his stick tracing the edge of the
curb and his strained face unresponsive to the sunlight.
The Prince's wry smile showed again. "Doing?" he repeated, "why, he was
feeling for me."
Dupontel shrugged, but not in disapproval this time. His imagination was
burdened with a new sense of his companion's life, complex with difficulties,
haunted by portents like specters of good and evil fortune.
"No!" The Prince swung his cane, drawing up his tall, trim figure, and stepping
out briskly. "No, he did not touch me. They dog me, these, these tokens of the
devil; but I am not caught. It is I that save myself. After all, mon cher, it seems
possible that this may be Carigny's bad day not mine!"
Dupontel had not meant to accompany the Prince to his club that day; his
purpose had been to leave him at the door and go elsewhere. But it was possible
that his meeting with Carigny might be something which it would be well to
have seen; and, besides, his affairs were gaining a strange hue; glamour was in
them. He felt a little thrill when the massive club porter, approaching them in the
hall, spoke Carigny's name.
"Monsieur Carigny telephoned," said the porter. "He particularly desired that
Monsieur le Prince should be told, as soon as he arrived, that Monsieur Carigny
would call at half-past four."
The Prince nodded. "I shall be upstairs, in the card-room," he answered, and
passed on.
In the card-room were several men of the Prince's who had known Carigny in his
Paris days, while there was scarcely a man present who had not heard some
version of the Carigny story. To certain of them the Prince spoke of the visit he
was expecting. He had decided that, since the meeting was not by any means to
be avoided or hidden, it would best serve him to announce it to take his part in
the drama and squeeze it of what credit he could. It spread through the room and
through the club like a scandal. There was a throng in the room, expectant,
hungry for the possibility of a scene. In the recess of a tall window, the Prince,
superb in his self-possession, a figure in a world of players that was past, with
his pale, severe face impassive under his white hair, made the crowd of them
seem vulgar and raucous by contrast with him. Dupontel, watching him, had a
moment of consternation; the Prince seemed a thing too supremely complete, too
perfect as a product of his world, to risk upon the turn of the cards.
A club servant entered, bearing a card on a salver, and the talk stilled as he
presented it to the Prince. He, in converse with a veteran who had known
Carigny, took the card and held it in his fingers without looking at it while he
finished what he was saying. All eyes were on him; it was a neat piece of social
bravado. He glanced at the card at last.
The door opened, and the servant was once more visible, standing back against
it, not without a sense of his importance as, say, a scene-shifter in the play. His
voice, rolling the r, was a flat bellow of ceremony.
Every one turned. Through the door which the servant held open there advanced
two men. The first was bearded, a large man, definitely elderly, who walked with
a curious deliberation of tread and looked neither to the right nor to the left. The
younger, following at his elbow, was possibly Dupontel's age. In him, not the
clothes alone, but the face, keen lipped, quiet-eyed, not quite concealing its
reserves of vitality under its composure, proclaimed the American.
The men in the room, moving aside, made an avenue from the door to the
window in which, the Prince stood. The Prince came along it to greet his guest.
As they halted, face to face, Dupontel saw that the young stranger touched the
elder on the arm.
The Prince seemed to have doubts. He remembered Carigny as a slim youth; the
stranger was burly, with a bush of beard and a red face.
"It is Carigny?" inquired the Prince, hesitating.
"You have been a long time coming for your revenge," said the Prince.
"But you are welcome always, Carigny."
He held out his hand, and again the young man touched the elder. As if he
hesitated to join hands with the Prince, Carigny gave his hand, slowly,
awkwardly; but his grip, when he had done it, was firm. They stood, clasping
hands, under the inquisitive eyes of the others.
"Since we are to play," said Carigny, "you must allow me to present you to my
son. He does not play; I have discouraged him. But he will read my cards for me.
You do not object?"
Their clasped hands fell apart. The Prince looked his incomprehension. The
young man was making him a bow of sorts.
"Yes," he answered. "Tell me which card is which, you know. You see,
Monpavon, for the last five years I have been blind!"
His voice, with its foreign accent rendering strange his precise and old-fashioned
French, continued to explain. But Dupontel did not hear what it said. He was
looking at the Prince. Save for an astonished knitting of the brows, he had not
moved; he preserved, under those watching eyes, his attitude. The worst had
come to pass the thing he feared had ambushed him? and he was facing it. But
presently he raised his right hand, the hand that had touched Carigny's, looked at
it thoughtfully, and brushed it with his left. If he had any virtue, he was
exhibiting it now. One could defeat him but not discountenance him.
The pretence that the onlookers were present by chance was gone when the
Prince and his adversary sat down opposite to each other at the little green table.
The onlookers thronged about them, frankly curious. The young man, Carigny's
son, stood leaning over his father's shoulder. Dupontel was at the back of his
friend. He saw the green table across the Prince's white head. The deal fell to the
Prince.
"Carigny," he said. The blind man lifted his face to listen. "The last game was a
short one."
The other nodded. "Make it as short as you like," he said. "Make it one hand, if it
pleases you, Monpavon. I shall be satisfied."
"One hand!"
"Certainly; if that is short enough for you," said Carigny. "But the stakes you
remember them?"
"You lost, let me see!" replied the Prince, unheeding Dupontel's whisper. "It was
four hundred thousand francs, I think."
The bearded face opposite him smiled. "You have not forgotten, I see!"
"Carigny," he said.
"No," said the Prince. "Listen! I will make you a proposal. I do not know what
your last card is; you do not know mine. It rests on that card, our four hundred
thousand francs. I may win, in spite of everything. But I offer you half the stakes
now, if you like; two hundred thousand instead of four and we will not play that
last card."
"Eh?" The blind man hid his card with his hand. His son bent over him,
whispering. A man next to Dupontel nudged him. "What is Monpavon's card?"
he murmured. Dupontel did not know. The cards had been the least part of the
affair to him. The Prince sat still, waiting.
"Very well," said Carigny, at last. "I am willing, Monpavon. Two hundred
thousand, eh?"
He reached for the pack. Before anyone could protest, he had slipped his card
into it and mingled it with the others beyond identification.
"We are quits, then," he was saying to Carigny, and once more the ancient
adversaries shook hands.
The Prince let his hard, serene eye wander over them. He was walking toward
the door, guiding Carigny with a hand on his arm. There was a flicker of a smile
on his face. Without answering, he passed out. To this day, no man knows what
card he held.
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/3/9/9/23993
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one owns a
United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy
and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying
copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of
this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.
Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge
for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You
may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works,
reports, performances and research. They may be modified and printed and
given away—you may do practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.
Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of
this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do
not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and
return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of
this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you
paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you
can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of
change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in
addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying,
performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations
concerning the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to,
the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently whenever any
copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated)
is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the
terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other
work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed,
marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing
or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a
Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm
web site (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to
the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a
copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm License
as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works unless you comply with
paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or
distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided that
- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of
Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you already use to
calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this
paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty
payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare
(or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments
should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, "Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in
writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the
terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You must require such a user to
return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and
discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
works.
- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money
paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is
discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.
- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of
Project Gutenberg-tm works.
1.F.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph
1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES
OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY
PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the
exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to
this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining
provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing
copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance with this
agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and
distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, harmless from all
liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or
deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they
need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's goals and ensuring that the
Project Gutenberg-tm collection will remain freely available for generations to
come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created
to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. Fairbanks, AK,
99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City,
UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email [email protected]. Email contact links and
up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
official page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of
public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine
readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated
equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to
maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not
met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting
unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to
donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods and
addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks,
online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all
of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is
included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any
particular paper edition.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
http://www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to
help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to
hear about new eBooks.